@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 1 j364 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the fact that Jesus has always existed. Alternate translation: “from all eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 1 1 jd7p figs-exclusive ἀκηκόαμεν…ἑωράκαμεν…ἡμῶν…ἐθεασάμεθα…ἡμῶν 1 we have heard … we have seen … our … we have looked at … our Here the pronouns **we** and **our** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1JN 1 1 ej5x figs-explicit ἀκηκόαμεν 1 we have heard The implication is that what John and the other eyewitnesses **heard** was Jesus speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “we heard speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 1 rb73 figs-parallelism ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at These two phrases mean the same thing. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases and show the emphasis in another way If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “whom we saw clearly ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 1 1 rb73 figs-parallelism ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at These two phrases mean the same thing. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “whom we saw clearly ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 1 1 j001 figs-explicitinfo ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched In your language, it might seem that these phrases express unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate them. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “we saw … and touched” or “we saw with our own eyes … and touched with our own hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1JN 1 1 j002 figs-explicit ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched The false teachers were denying that Jesus was a real human being and saying that he was only a spirit. But the implications of what John is saying here are that Jesus was a real human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 1 j003 περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 regarding the Word of life As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, you could put your translation of this phrase, **regarding the Word of life**, at the beginning of this verse and present it as a sentence of its own as a topical introduction to the letter, as UST does. Alternate translation: “We are writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life”
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 2 lyt6 figs-metonymy τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 the eternal life As earlier in the verse, John is speaking figuratively of Jesus by referring to the **life** that is associated with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is eternal life” or “Jesus, who has always been alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 1 2 itv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father The title **the Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 1 2 fru2 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν 1 and appeared to us See how you translated **appeared** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “and came right to us” or “and was made visible to us” or “and whom God made visible to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 1 3 j009 grammar-connect-logic-result ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν καὶ ὑμῖν, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 what we have seen and heard, we declare also to you, so you also will have fellowship with us If your readers would misunderstand this, you could rearrange the parts of this section. You could move the clause beginning with **so you also** to the beginning of the verse, since that clause gives the reason for the action that the rest of the verse describes. For clarity, you could also place the direct-object clause **what we have seen and heard** after the subject and verb **we declare … to you**. In that case, you would not need to translate **also** after **declare**. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So that you also may have fellowship with us, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 1 3 j009 grammar-connect-logic-result ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν καὶ ὑμῖν, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 what we have seen and heard, we declare also to you, so you also will have fellowship with us If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could rearrange the parts of this section. You could move the clause beginning with **so you also** to the beginning of the verse, since that clause gives the reason for the action that the rest of the verse describes. For clarity, you could also place the direct-object clause **what we have seen and heard** after the subject and verb **we declare … to you**. In that case, you would not need to translate **also** after **declare**. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So that you also may have fellowship with us, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 1 3 vw2w figs-explicit ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν 1 what we have seen and heard John is referring implicitly to the way that he and the other eyewitnesses had **seen and heard** Jesus when he was alive on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “what we saw and heard of Jesus when he was alive on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 3 j010 figs-exclusive ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῶν 1 we have seen and heard, we declare … us John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1JN 1 3 dw7l figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν…ἡ κοινωνία…ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 you also will have fellowship with us … our fellowship is with the Father and with his Son If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **fellowship**, you could express the idea behind it with a concrete noun such as “friends” and an adjective such as “close.” Alternate translation: “so that you can be close friends with us … we are all close friends with God the Father and with his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 4 j013 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **our joy** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “your joy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1JN 1 4 j014 figs-you ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If you follow the variant reading “your joy” here instead of **our joy**, the word “your” would be plural, as in the rest of this letter, since it would refer to a group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1JN 1 4 xn9d figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 1 4 j015 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 1 4 j015 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 1 4 j016 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 5 hdrv checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 5. Suggested heading: “Sin Prevents Fellowship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
1JN 1 5 djn4 figs-exclusive ἀκηκόαμεν 1 we have heard The pronoun **we** is exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1JN 1 5 j017 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 from him The pronoun **him** in this first instance in the verse refers to Jesus, since John is speaking of the message that he and the other eyewitnesses heard from Jesus. Alternate translation: “from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 1 5 j018 figs-parallelism ὁ Θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν, καὶ σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία 1 God is light, and darkness is not in him at all These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God is entirely light” or, if you represent these metaphors non-figuratively (see next two notes), “God is completely holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 1 5 j018 figs-parallelism ὁ Θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν, καὶ σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία 1 God is light, and darkness is not in him at all These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God is entirely light” or, if you represent these metaphors non-figuratively (see next two notes), “God is completely holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 1 5 cd6f figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν 1 God is light John often uses **light** figuratively in this letter to mean what is holy, right, and good. Here, in reference to God, it indicates holiness. Alternate translation: “God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 1 5 e9m2 figs-metaphor σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία 1 darkness is not in him at all John often uses the word **darkness** figuratively in this letter to mean what is evil. Alternate translation: “God is not evil at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 1 5 j019 figs-doublenegatives σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία 1 darkness is not in him at all John is using a double negative in Greek for emphasis. In English it would come out as, “darkness is not in him not at all.” In Greek the second negative does not cancel the first negative to create a positive meaning. In English the meaning would inaccurately be positive, which is why ULT uses only one negative and says “darkness is not in him at all.” But if your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 6 j024 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** here to introduce a contrast between what would be expected of a person who claims to have fellowship with God and what such a person might do instead. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1JN 1 6 f958 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν 1 walk in darkness John is using the word **walk** figuratively to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “do what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 1 6 j025 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν 1 walk in darkness As in [1:5](../01/05.md), John is using the word **darkness** figuratively to mean evil. Alternate translation: “do what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 1 6 j026 figs-parallelism ψευδόμεθα καὶ οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 we are lying and we are not doing the truth These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we are really not truthful at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 1 6 j026 figs-parallelism ψευδόμεθα καὶ οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 we are lying and we are not doing the truth These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we are really not truthful at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 1 6 j027 figs-abstractnouns οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 we are not doing the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with the concrete noun “message” from the previous verse, since that seems to be what John means by **the truth** in this case. Alternate translation: “we are not living according to God's true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 1 7 j028 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν, ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί, κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 But if we walk in the light as he is in the light, we have fellowship with one another John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the value and benefits of living a life that is holy, as God is holy. Alternate translation: “But suppose we walk in the light as he is in the light. Then we have fellowship with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1JN 1 7 lpr3 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν 1 we walk in the light John is using the word **walk** figuratively to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “we do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 1 j045 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 2 1 j046 figs-nominaladj δίκαιον 1 the righteous John is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a specific type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 2 2 j047 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 he The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus, the antecedent in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 2 h8fg figs-abstractnouns αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου 1 he is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the whole world The abstract noun **propitiation** refers to something that someone does for someone else or gives to someone else so that he will no longer be angry. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, God is no longer angry about our sins, and not only about ours, but also about those of the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 2 2 h8fg figs-abstractnouns αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου 1 he is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the whole world The abstract noun **propitiation** refers to something that someone does for someone else or gives to someone else so that he will no longer be angry. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, God is no longer angry about our sins, and not only about ours, but also about those of the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 2 2 j048 figs-metonymy ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου 1 the whole world John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 2 2 m14q figs-ellipsis οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου 1 John leaves out the word for “sins” in these clauses because it is understood from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can include it. Alternate translation: “and not only for our sins, but also for the sins of the whole world”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 2 3 j049 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 in this we know that we have known him, if we keep his commandments If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded, then we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 2 2 m14q figs-ellipsis οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου 1 John leaves out the word for “sins” in these clauses because it is understood from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this clause, you can include the missing word. Alternate translation: “and not only for our sins, but also for the sins of the whole world”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 2 3 j049 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 in this we know that we have known him, if we keep his commandments If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded, then we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 2 3 ubc9 grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 If your language would not use a conditional statement with **if** for something that is true, you can express the same idea using a word like “by” or another way. Alternate translation: “there is a way to be sure that we truly know God. This is by obeying his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1JN 2 3 j050 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι 1 in this we know that This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “this is how we know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 2 3 el7q γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 we know that we have known him John is using the word **know** in two different senses here. See the discussion of the word **know** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him”
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 4 j053 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτοῦ 1 him … his In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 4 j054 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what such a person might say and what his conduct actually indicates to be true. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1JN 2 4 qp1j figs-idiom μὴ τηρῶν 1 does not keep In this instance, the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “does not obey” or “disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 2 4 j055 figs-parallelism ψεύστης ἐστίν, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν 1 is a liar, and the truth is not in this one These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “is certainly not speaking the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 2 4 j055 figs-parallelism ψεύστης ἐστίν, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν 1 is a liar, and the truth is not in this one These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “is certainly not speaking the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 2 4 cj84 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν 1 and the truth is not in this one John is speaking figuratively of the **truth** as if it were an object that could be inside someone. See how you translated a similar expression in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “and such a person is not speaking the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 4 j056 figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν 1 and the truth is not in this one If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “and what such a person says is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 2 5 a3x8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δ’ 1 This sentence makes a contrast by saying in a positive way what the previous sentence said in a negative way. Indicate this contrast in a natural way in your language. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 5 aqa4 figs-idiom τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 keeps his word In this instance, the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “obeys God's commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 2 5 j059 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ 1 his … him The pronouns **his** and **him** in this verse refer to God. Alternate translation: “God’s … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 5 x88p figs-possession ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in this one truly the love of God has been perfected The phrase **the love of God** could mean one of two things. (1) It could refer to a person loving God. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” (2) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love has completely achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1JN 2 5 j060 figs-activepassive ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in this one truly the love of God has been perfected If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive verbal form **has been perfected**. The person or thing doing the action will depend on how you decide to translate the phrase **the love of God**. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” or “God’s love has completely achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 5 j060 figs-activepassive ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in this one truly the love of God has been perfected If your readers would misunderstand the passive verbal form **has been perfected**, you could use an active verbal form in its place. The person or thing doing the action will depend on how you decide to translate the phrase **the love of God**. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” or “God’s love has completely achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 5 jdzb figs-metaphor ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν 1 The word **this** could be referring to (1) what John is about to say in verse 6, or (2) what John has just said in verse 5, or (3) both. If your language allows it, you could choose option (3), since both verses are talking about completely obeying God, but most languages will need to choose one or the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 5 b688 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν 1 we are in him John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God. This expression describes having a close relationship with God. Alternate translation: “we are living in fellowship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 6 u6lu figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν 1 he remains in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Here to **remain in** God means very much the same thing as to have “fellowship with God” in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:6](../01/06.md) and to “be in” God in [2:5](../02/05.md). John is repeating the same idea in different ways. Alternate translation: “he has close fellowship with God” or “he shares life with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 7 amu6 figs-explicit ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε 1 the word that you heard The implication is that the specific **word** or message that John is describing is the commandment Jesus gave to believers that they should love one another. See the Gospel of John [13:34](../jhn/13/34.md) and [15:12](../jhn/15/12.md). John indicates this explicitly in this letter in [3:23](../03/23.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly at this point as well. Alternate translation: “the commandment Jesus gave that we should love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 8 j064 figs-idiom πάλιν 1 Again John is using the term **Again** idiomatically in the sense of “Looking at this again from another perspective.” Alternate translation: “On the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 2 8 i1up figs-explicit ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν 1 I am writing a new commandment to you John is referring to the same **commandment** as in [2:7](../02/07.md), the commandment that Jesus gave to love one another, which the believers have had all along. So he does not mean that he is now writing a **new** and different commandment, but rather that this same commandment, which he called “old” there, can also be considered **new** in a certain sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **commandment** John is referring to, and you could give the likely reason why it can be considered **new** as well as “old.” Alternate translation: “the commandment that I am writing to you, to love one another, is also, in a sense, a new commandment, because it is characteristic of a new way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 8 j065 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει 1 which is true in him and in you, because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining, this commandment is true in Jesus and in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 2 8 j065 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει 1 which is true in him and in you, because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining, this commandment is true in Jesus and in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 2 8 j066 figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which is true in him and in you Since Jesus consistently obeyed the commandment to love, it is likely that John is emphasizing that believers are doing the same thing themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out this implicit emphasis in your translation. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 8 c2fa figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which is true in him and in you John is speaking figuratively as if this commandment were **true** inside of Jesus and these believers. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 8 j067 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. John is using him as the supreme example of loving others. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -141,21 +141,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 9 j071 ἕως ἄρτι 1 until now Alternate translation: “still”
1JN 2 10 j072 figs-hypo ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει 1 The one who loves his brother remains in the light John is suggesting a further hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone does love his fellow believers. Then he is genuinely doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1JN 2 10 j073 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “each fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 10 j074 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the plural, since John is speaking of loving all believers. Alternate translation: “each of his brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1JN 2 10 j074 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate this in the plural, since John is speaking of loving all believers. Alternate translation: “each of his brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1JN 2 10 j075 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει 1 remains in the light John is using the word **light** figuratively to mean what is holy, right, and good. Alternate translation: “is genuinely doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 10 j076 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει 1 remains in the light See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “is genuinely doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 10 q2x1 figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 a stumbling-block is not in him John is using the term **stumbling-block**, which means something that a person would trip over, figuratively to mean something that would cause a person to sin. Alternate translation: “he has no reason to sin” or “nothing will cause him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 10 j077 figs-explicit σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 a stumbling-block is not in him John speaks of this **stumbling-block** being **in** or inside a person because it represents the hatred for a fellow believer that he describes in [2:9](../02/09.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he has no hatred inside of him that will cause him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 11 j078 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 11 j079 figs-parallelism ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 is in the darkness and walks in the darkness These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “is living in complete darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 2 11 j079 figs-parallelism ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 is in the darkness and walks in the darkness These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “is living in complete darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 2 11 w4r2 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 is in the darkness As in [1:5](../01/05.md), John is using the word **darkness** figuratively to mean what is wrong or evil. Alternate translation: “is living in a way that is wrong” or “does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 11 u44x figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 walks in the darkness John is using the word **walk** figuratively to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “conducts his life in wrong ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 11 j080 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 he does not know where he is going, because the darkness has blinded his eyes If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the darkness has blinded his eyes, he does not know where he is going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 2 11 j080 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 he does not know where he is going, because the darkness has blinded his eyes If your readers would misunderstand this part of the sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the darkness has blinded his eyes, he does not know where he is going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 2 11 y5cs figs-metaphor οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 he does not know where he is going This is a continuation of the metaphor of walking as a figurative description of how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “he does not know the right way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 11 j081 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 because the darkness has blinded his eyes John is using blindness figuratively to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 12 in8n figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 little children The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12-14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12-14, and this group would figuratively represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 12 y00g ὅτι 1 The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that”
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins have been forgiven If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins have been forgiven If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 12 j082 writing-pronouns διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 12 yjy8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 2 13 kue2 figs-metaphor πατέρες 1 fathers The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 15 p56b figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to challenge his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone loves the world. Then the love of the Father is not in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1JN 2 15 s48z figs-possession οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the love of the Father is not in him The phrase **the love of the Father** could mean: (1) the love that a person has for God the Father. Alternate translation: “that person does not really love God the Father” or (2) the love that God has for people. Alternate translation: “God the Father’s love is not genuinely at work in that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1JN 2 15 j102 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 of the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “of God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 2 16 j103 translate-versebridge ὅτι 1 For In this verse, John is giving the reason why the previous sentence is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this reason before that statement of result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. In order to create a verse bridge, you could begin this verse with “since” instead of **for**; you could end it with a comma instead of a period; and you could make it the beginning of the second sentence in the previous verse, putting it before “if anyone loves the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1JN 2 16 j103 translate-versebridge ὅτι 1 For In this verse, John is giving the reason why the previous sentence is true. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could put this reason before that statement of result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. In order to create a verse bridge, you could begin this verse with “since” instead of **for**; you could end it with a comma instead of a period; and you could make it the beginning of the second sentence in the previous verse, putting it before “if anyone loves the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1JN 2 16 j104 figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 everything that is in the world See how you translated the similar expression in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “everything that characterizes the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 2 16 pz3q figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς 1 the lust of the flesh John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to mean the physical human body, which is made of **flesh**. Alternate translation: “the strong desire to have sinful physical pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 2 16 x124 figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 1 the lust of the eyes John is using the term **eyes** figuratively to mean the ability to see. Alternate translation: “the strong desire to have the things that we see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 17 ct43 figs-metaphor ὁ κόσμος παράγεται 1 the world is going away John speaks figuratively of the **world** as if it were leaving. Alternate translation: “the world will not last very much longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 17 j108 figs-ellipsis καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 and its desire John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and its desire is also going away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 2 17 j109 figs-possession ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 its desire John is using the possessive form to show that the **world** is the source of this **desire** and gives it its character. Alternate translation: “the worldly desire” or “people's desire for the world” or “the desire that this system of values creates in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1JN 2 17 j110 figs-genericnoun ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 its desire If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the plural, since John is referring to all of the different types of **desire** associated with the **world** that he described in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “worldly desires” or “the desires that this system of values creates in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1JN 2 17 j110 figs-genericnoun ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 its desire If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate this in the plural, since John is referring to all of the different types of **desire** associated with the **world** that he described in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “worldly desires” or “the desires that this system of values creates in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1JN 2 17 j111 figs-metaphor μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 remains to the age See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word refers to continuing existence. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 17 j112 figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. Consider using an idiom in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 2 18 t903 checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 18. Suggested heading: “False Teaching and True Teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 19 jin1 figs-metaphor μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 they would have remained with us See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 19 j115 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but so that they would be made apparent, that they are all not from us John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 2 19 j116 figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 so that they would be made apparent See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 19 j117 οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they are all not from us The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
1JN 2 19 j117 οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they are all not from us The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
1JN 2 20 j118 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1JN 2 20 i3m1 figs-abstractnouns ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 you have an anointing from the Holy One If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **anointing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 2 20 j119 translate-unknown ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 you have an anointing from the Holy One The word **anointing** refers to the practice, seen often in the Old Testament, of pouring oil on a person to set that person apart to serve God. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it specifically in your translation. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has poured oil on you to set you apart to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -222,14 +222,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 20 gy16 figs-nominaladj τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 the Holy One John is using the adjective **Holy** as a noun in order to indicate a specific person. ULT adds **One** to show this. John is referring specifically to God, and so ULT capitalizes both of these words to show that they are describing a divine person. Your language may allow you to use this adjective as a noun. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God, the One who is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 2 20 j121 translate-textvariants οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **you all know** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “you know all things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1JN 2 20 j122 figs-explicit οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 2 21 j123 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you can make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1JN 2 21 j123 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you can make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1JN 2 21 w4fm grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 If saying **I have not written to you** seems wrong or confusing in your language, you can move the negative to the next clause. Alternate translation: “I have written to you not because you do not know the truth, but because you do know the truth” or “I have written to you not to inform you of the truth, but I have written to you because you already know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1JN 2 21 r8yr figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth … from the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true … from what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 2 21 j124 figs-metonymy τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth … from the truth John is likely referring figuratively to the teaching that believers have received from Jesus by association with the way that it is true. Alternate translation: “the true teaching that we received from Jesus … from this true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 2 21 j125 figs-ellipsis καὶ ὅτι πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 and that every lie is not from the truth John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and you know that every lie is not from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 2 21 j126 πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 every lie is not from the truth If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this by making the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no lie is from the truth”
1JN 2 21 j126 πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 every lie is not from the truth If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could clarify it by making the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no lie is from the truth”
1JN 2 21 nruw ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 This second occurrence of **the truth** could refer to: (1) The same as the first occurrence. Alternate translation: “part of God's true message” (2) God, who is the source of all truth. Alternate translation: “from God, the One who is true”
1JN 2 22 d71l figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 Who is the liar, if not the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ? John is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Messiah is certainly a liar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1JN 2 22 d71l figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 Who is the liar, if not the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ? John is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Messiah is certainly a liar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1JN 2 22 d4u7 figs-doublenegatives ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ For emphasis, John is using a double negative in Greek, specifically, a negative verb (**denies**) with a negative particle, “not.” In English, it would come out as, “the one who denies that Jesus is not the Christ.” In Greek, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. But in English, the meaning would inaccurately be positive, which is why ULT uses only one negative. It leaves out “not” and says **the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ**. However, if your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1JN 2 22 j128 figs-genericnoun οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This one is the antichrist John is not referring here to the ultimate antichrist who will appear at the end of earthly history. John does not have a specific person in view here. Rather, he is speaking generally of all people who oppose Christ. See how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “Such a person is the enemy of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1JN 2 22 z4t1 figs-explicit ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 the one who denies the Father and the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly why John says this about these people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By denying that Jesus is the Messiah, he is denying both God the Father, who sent Jesus to be the Messiah, and Jesus his Son, whom he sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -266,24 +266,24 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 28 j142 figs-metaphor μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remain in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the expression in the same way that he has just used it in [2:27](../02/27.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 28 j143 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ 1 him … when he appears … by him … his The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of his **coming** or return. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 28 zz4x figs-activepassive ἐὰν φανερωθῇ 1 when he appears See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could have either an active or a passive meaning. In either case, John is not saying that Jesus will only appear to return. (1) If the meaning is active, John is speaking of the act of Jesus physically returning to earth. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” (2) If the meaning is passive, John is speaking of God revealing Jesus to the world as its true king. To bring out that meaning, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 28 j144 figs-parallelism σχῶμεν παρρησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we may have boldness and not be put to shame by him These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 2 28 j144 figs-parallelism σχῶμεν παρρησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we may have boldness and not be put to shame by him These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 2 28 lnk2 figs-abstractnouns σχῶμεν παρρησίαν 1 we may have boldness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **boldness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 2 28 d4ql figs-synecdoche μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him John is using the word **him**, meaning Jesus, figuratively to mean the presence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1JN 2 28 j145 figs-activepassive μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 28 j145 figs-activepassive μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 may not be put to shame by him If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 28 x7ic ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 at his coming Alternate translation: “when he returns to earth”
1JN 2 29 j146 grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν 1 If you know that he is righteous John is using the form of conditional possibility here, but he is stating something that is actually true. In Greek, this was a way of affirming that the part that follows this statement is also true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1JN 2 29 j147 writing-pronouns ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ 1 he is … him The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 29 j148 figs-abstractnouns πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 everyone who does righteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “right.” Alternate translation: “everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 2 29 u6er figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 29 u6er figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 29 j149 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him Since believers have not literally **been begotten** by God, John means this figuratively. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine children of God do not sin (3:1–10, continuing from 2:28)<br>2. Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)<br>3. Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him” (3:24)<br><br>This does not mean that keeping our salvation is conditional on doing certain works. Rather, John is describing the results of keeping the commandments that he describes in [3:32](../03/32.md). Those commandments are to believe in Jesus and to love one another. John is saying that the person who believes in Jesus and loves others shows that he has a close relationship with God, and that he will continue to have that close relationship because of this obedience. Christians around the world hold different beliefs about whether people who have been saved can lose their salvation. That is not what John is addressing here, and translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [3:1](../03/01.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts include the words “and we are.” That is the reading that ULT follows. However, some other ancient manuscripts do not include these words, and so some Bibles do not have them. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1JN 3 1 gl8n figs-metaphor ἴδετε 1 See John is using the term **see** figuratively. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 1 j150 ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 what kind of love the Father has given to us Alternate translation: “how greatly the Father has loved us”
1JN 3 1 j151 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 3 1 x99a figs-activepassive ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 that we should be called children of God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 3 1 x99a figs-activepassive ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 that we should be called children of God If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 3 1 j362 figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here John expresses the same metaphor as in [2:29](../02/29.md) in a slightly different way. See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning there. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their father. Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 1 j152 translate-textvariants καὶ ἐσμέν 1 and we are See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and include these words or to follow the reading of some other versions and not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1JN 3 1 fq4t grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 3 1 fq4t grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 3 1 l5e7 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him. John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes. Alternate translation: “because ungodly people have not known God, for that reason they do not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 3 1 j155 οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς…οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 does not know us … it did not know him John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word “know” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “does not recognize who we are … it did not become acquainted with him”
1JN 3 1 j156 figs-explicit οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς 1 does not know us If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 2 anq1 figs-activepassive οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα 1 what we will be has not yet appeared If your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God has not yet revealed what we will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 3 2 j160 figs-activepassive ἐὰν φανερωθῇ 1 when he appears See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. The meaning of the term in this instance seems to be the same as in [2:28](../02/28.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” or “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 3 2 j161 writing-pronouns ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…ἐστιν 1 when he appears … him … him … he is The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of **when he appears** or returns. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 3 2 j162 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν 1 we will be like him because we will see him as he is If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “we will see him just as he is, and so we will be like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 3 2 j162 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν 1 we will be like him because we will see him as he is If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “we will see him just as he is, and so we will be like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 3 3 pj6a writing-pronouns πᾶς ὁ ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα ταύτην ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 everyone who has this hope upon him The pronoun **him** here does not refer to **everyone**; it refers to Jesus. The expression **this hope** refers to the hope that John describes in the previous verse, of seeing Jesus as he is. Alternate translation: “everyone who hopes to see Jesus as he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 3 3 j163 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ἐκεῖνος 1 him … that one These pronouns refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 3 4 j164 figs-abstractnouns πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία 1 Everyone who commits sin also commits lawlessness. Indeed, sin is lawlessness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lawlessness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Everyone who commits sin is also breaking God’s law. Indeed, sin is breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 6 j168 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων 1 Everyone who remains in him John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 6 j169 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 him … him … him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 3 6 j170 figs-explicit οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει 1 does not sin If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 6 eu9c figs-doublet οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν, οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν 1 has not seen him and has not known him The words **seen** and **known** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “certainly does not have a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1JN 3 6 eu9c figs-doublet οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν, οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν 1 has not seen him and has not known him The words **seen** and **known** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “certainly does not have a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1JN 3 6 j172 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν 1 has not seen him John is not referring to people literally seeing Jesus. Rather, he is using sight figuratively to mean perception and recognition. Alternate translation: “has not recognized who Jesus is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 7 ia4z figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 7 wg85 figs-metaphor μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς 1 let no one lead you astray See how you translated the similar expression in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation: “do not be deceived by anyone” or “do not let anyone get you to believe things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 9 ps9v figs-metaphor σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him John is using the word **seed** figuratively here. It could mean: (1) The characteristics of a father that a child inherits from him and displays more and more as he grows. Alternate translation: “the characteristics that show that God is his father become continually more evident” (2) Something that gives life such as the **seed** from which plants grow. Alternate translation: “the new life that God has put in that person continues to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 10 w33l figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 In this the children of God and the children of the devil are apparent **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. The word **this** refers to what John says in the next sentence. Alternate translation: “This is how we can tell the difference between the children of God and the children of the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 3 10 j179 figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 the children of God and the children of the devil John is using the word **children** idiomatically in both of these instances. His usage is similar to the Hebrew idiom in which the “child” of something shares its characteristics. Alternate translation: “people who are living a new life in close relationship with God and people who are still in their old way of life influenced by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 3 10 ctk6 figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Everyone who does not do righteousness is not from God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone who does wrong is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1JN 3 10 ctk6 figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Everyone who does not do righteousness is not from God If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone who does wrong is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1JN 3 10 j180 figs-abstractnouns ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην 1 who does not do righteousness See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 3 10 j181 figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 is not from God The expression **from God** is an idiom. John uses it in various ways in this letter. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “is not living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 3 10 j182 figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 and the one who does not love his brother John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the one who does not love his brother is not from God” or, if you translated the double negative in the previous clause as a positive statement, “and anyone who hates a fellow believer is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -338,12 +338,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 12 j185 ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν 1 who was from the evil one This is similar to the phrase “from the devil” in [3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated that phrase. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one”
1JN 3 12 j186 figs-nominaladj τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 3 12 j187 figs-metonymy τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one John is speaking figuratively of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 3 12 b1xh figs-rquestion καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν? ὅτι 1 And on account of what did he kill him? Because John is using a question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “He killed him because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1JN 3 12 b1xh figs-rquestion καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν? ὅτι 1 And on account of what did he kill him? Because John is using a question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “He killed him because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1JN 3 12 mq7x figs-ellipsis τὰ δὲ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, δίκαια 1 but those of his brother, righteous John is leaving out a word, “were,” that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. The word “were” can be supplied for clarity. Alternate translation: “but his brother’s works were righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 3 13 j188 grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ θαυμάζετε 1 Do not wonder If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show the connection between this sentence and the previous one by using a connecting word like “so” or “therefore.” Using the example of Cain, John shows that evil people naturally hate righteous people. Alternate translation: “So do not be surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 3 13 j188 grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ θαυμάζετε 1 Do not wonder If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could show the connection between this sentence and the previous one by using a connecting word like “so” or “therefore.” Using the example of Cain, John shows that evil people naturally hate righteous people. Alternate translation: “So do not be surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 3 13 wc1m figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “my friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 13 lq9f figs-metonymy εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 if the world hates you John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes, as in [3:1](../03/01.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “if ungodly people hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 3 14 j189 grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν, ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 We know that we have relocated from death into life, because we love the brothers If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because we love the brothers, we know that we have relocated from death into life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 3 14 j189 grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν, ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 We know that we have relocated from death into life, because we love the brothers If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because we love the brothers, we know that we have relocated from death into life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 3 14 gc6e ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν, ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 Be sure that your translation does not communicate that loving the brothers is what causes people to pass from death to life. Alternate translation: “The way that we know that we have relocated from death into life is because we love the brothers”
1JN 3 14 fs1x figs-metaphor μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 we have relocated from death into life John is speaking figuratively of the conditions of being dead and alive as if they were physical locations between which a person could move. Alternate translation: “we are no longer dead but have become alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 14 ybc4 figs-metaphor μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 we have relocated from death into life Since John and his readers were not literally dead, he is referring to spiritual **death** and to spiritual **life**. Alternate translation: “we are no longer dead spiritually but have become alive spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 14 qa7l figs-metaphor μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 remains in death See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it means staying in the same place. John is once again speaking figuratively of the state of **death** as if it were a location. Alternate translation: “remains dead spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 15 mqu2 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν 1 Everyone who hates his brother is a murderer John is using the term **murderer** figuratively, and he is echoing the teaching of Jesus that is recorded in Matthew [5:21–22](../05/21.md). John means that since people commit murder because they hate other people, anyone who hates is the same on the inside as someone who actually kills another person. It may be helpful to translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Whoever hates another believer is just like someone who kills a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 15 j192 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 15 j193 πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 every murderer does not have eternal life If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no murderer has eternal life”
1JN 3 15 j193 πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 every murderer does not have eternal life If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no murderer has eternal life”
1JN 3 15 j194 figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life Since John is speaking of a present reality, by **eternal life** he does not mean living forever in the presence of God after death, which is one thing that this expression can describe. Rather, he means the regenerating power that God gives to believers in this life that helps them to stop sinning and to do what pleases him. Clearly, anyone who is a **murderer** does not have this power at work in him. Alternate translation: “the power that God gives to help us become new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 15 s3aw figs-personification οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν αὐτῷ μένουσαν 1 does not have eternal life remaining in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the term literally, in the sense of “residing,” to depict **eternal life** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could actively reside within a person. Alternate translation: “has not received eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1JN 3 16 j195 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην 1 In this we have known love **In this we have known** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we have come to understand what love is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -365,11 +365,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 17 j200 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 17 b6lh χρείαν ἔχοντα 1 having need Alternate translation: “who needs help”
1JN 3 17 zql1 figs-idiom κλείσῃ τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 closes his entrails from him This is an idiom in which the **entrails** or internal organs figuratively represent the emotions that would lead a person to act generously. Your language may have an equivalent figurative expression that you could use. You could also express the plain meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “closes his heart to him” or “refuses to have compassion on him” or “declines to help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 3 17 l8u4 figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 how does the love of God remain in him? John is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “the love of God does not remain in such a person!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1JN 3 17 l8u4 figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 how does the love of God remain in him? John is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “the love of God does not remain in such a person!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1JN 3 17 j201 figs-metaphor πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ 1 how does the love of God remain in him? See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:14](../02/14.md), here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “such a person does not genuinely love others with love that is from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 17 j202 figs-possession πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the love of God As in [2:5](../02/05.md), the phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) God loving people. Alternate translation: “Is it possible that he has truly received God's love” (2) a person loving God. Alternate translation: “is it really possible that he truly loves God” We recommend option (1) if you must choose. But it is probable that John intends both meanings here, so if your translation can leave the possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “is he really loving others the way that God loves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1JN 3 18 g6uh figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 18 p91w figs-doublet μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 let us not love in word, nor in tongue The phrases **in word** and **in tongue** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1JN 3 18 p91w figs-doublet μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 let us not love in word, nor in tongue The phrases **in word** and **in tongue** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1JN 3 18 j203 figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 let us not love in word, nor in tongue John is using the phrases **in word** and **in tongue** figuratively to refer to what a person says. Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 3 18 b4mm figs-hyperbole μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 John is not saying that we should never express love through words. He is using hyperbole to make a contrast between words and actions. If your readers would misunderstand this you can include a word such as “only” or “merely.” Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1JN 3 18 j204 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 but in deed and truth John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but let us love in deed and in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 19 j206 translate-versebridge ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα…καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 In this we will know … and we will persuade our hearts John describes a result in this verse. He gives the reason for that result in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put the reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could put [3:20](../03/20.md) first in your translation, making it a separate sentence and leaving out both instances of the word “that.” You could put this verse next, translating it as in the following suggestions. Alternate translation: “That is how we can know … and how we can persuade our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1JN 3 19 k2rv ἐν τούτῳ 1 **In this** could refer either to: (1) What John has just said in verse 18. Alternate translation: “If we do that” (2) What John is about to say in verse 20. Alternate translation: “I will tell you how”
1JN 3 19 j207 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα 1 In this we will know This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 3 19 j208 figs-parallelism γνωσόμεθα, ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 we will know that we are from the truth and we will persuade our hearts The phrases **we will know** and **we will persuade our hearts** mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “we will be completely convinced that we are from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 3 19 j208 figs-parallelism γνωσόμεθα, ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 we will know that we are from the truth and we will persuade our hearts The phrases **we will know** and **we will persuade our hearts** mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we will be completely convinced that we are from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 3 19 qx9c figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth This could mean one of two things. (1) John could be referring figuratively to God by association with the way that God is true. In other words, God always tells **the truth** and does what he says. Alternate translation: “we are from God, who is true” (2) As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the word **truth** could refer to the true teaching that believers have received from Jesus. Alternate translation: “we are conducting our lives according to the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 3 19 j209 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “we are from the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 3 19 j210 figs-idiom ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth See how you translated the expression in [3:10](../03/10.md) that has a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “we belong to God” or “we are living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 20 f594 figs-metaphor ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 if our heart condemns us John continues speaking figuratively of the **heart** to mean the thoughts and feelings. There may be a similar expression in your language. Alternate translation: “if our feelings condemn us” or “if our thoughts accuse us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 3 20 j214 figs-explicit ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 if our heart condemns us The topic here, continuing from [3:19](../03/19.md), is how we can know that “we are from the truth,” so this is likely a reference to needing reassurance about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if we ever feel that we do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 20 j215 figs-possession ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία…τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 our heart … our heart If it would be unusual in your language to speak of one **heart** in reference to many people, and if you decide to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural. Alternate translation: “our hearts … our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1JN 3 20 j216 figs-parallelism μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 God is greater than our heart and knows everything Since John is using the **heart** figuratively to mean the thoughts and feelings, the statement that **God is greater than our heart** likely means that God knows and understands more than we do and that God has greater compassion for us than we have for ourselves. In that case, the phrases **is greater than our heart** and **knows everything** would mean similar things. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 3 20 j216 figs-parallelism μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 God is greater than our heart and knows everything Since John is using the **heart** figuratively to mean the thoughts and feelings, the statement that **God is greater than our heart** likely means that God knows and understands more than we do and that God has greater compassion for us than we have for ourselves. In that case, the phrases **is greater than our heart** and **knows everything** would mean similar things. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 3 20 lv7z figs-explicit μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 God is greater than our heart and knows everything The implications are that, given God’s greater knowledge, we should believe what he has said rather than what our thoughts and feelings are saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him, and so we should believe that because he has said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 3 21 rf96 figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 3 21 j217 figs-hypo ἐὰν ἡ καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ, παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν, 1 if the heart does not condemn, we have confidence toward God John discusses another hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose our hearts do not condemn us. Then we have confidence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 1 h1lv figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 4 1 zm7f figs-metonymy μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε, ἀλλὰ δοκιμάζετε τὰ πνεύματα 1 do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits John is speaking figuratively of a prophet by association with the **spirit** that would inspire a prophet to speak. Alternate translation: “do not believe every prophet; instead, consider carefully what prophets say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 4 1 j234 εἰ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 whether they are from God John uses the expression **from God** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to origin. Alternate translation: “in order to determine whether God has sent them” or “in order to determine whether God is inspiring them”
1JN 4 1 x71q figs-ellipsis εἰ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “to see whether they are from God, or whether they are not from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 4 1 x71q figs-ellipsis εἰ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “to see whether they are from God, or whether they are not from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 4 1 j235 figs-metonymy ἐξεληλύθασιν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 have gone out into the world John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “are out there speaking to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 4 2 j236 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκετε 1 In this you know This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how you can recognize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 4 2 j237 figs-metonymy πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ 1 Every spirit that confesses John is speaking figuratively of a prophet by association with the **spirit** that would inspire a prophet to speak. Alternate translation: “Every prophet who teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 4 avj3 figs-metaphor νενικήκατε αὐτούς 1 you have overcome them As in [2:13](../02/13.md) and [2:14](../02/14.md), John is using the word **overcome** figuratively. He is speaking of the believers’ refusal to believe the false prophets as if the believers had defeated these prophets in a struggle. Alternate translation: “you have refused to believe these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 4 j248 writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 them The pronoun **them** refers to the false prophets whom John describes in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 4 4 j5ve figs-metaphor ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the one who is in you As in [3:24](../03/24.md), John is speaking figuratively as if God could be inside of believers. Alternate translation: “God, with whom you have a close relationship,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 4 j249 μείζων…ἢ 1 greater than If your readers would misunderstand this, for this context you can use a more specific word than **greater**. Alternate translation: “stronger than”
1JN 4 4 j249 μείζων…ἢ 1 greater than If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, for this context you can use a more specific word than **greater**. Alternate translation: “stronger than”
1JN 4 4 tp4q figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the one in the world The phrase **in the world** here and in [verse 5](../04/05.md) seems to have a different meaning than in [verse 1](../04/01.md) and [verse 3](../04/03.md). There, it refers to location, so when John says in [verse 3](../04/03.md) that the spirit of the antichrist is “in the world,” it means “on this earth” or “circulating among people.” But here, John seems to be using the term **world** to mean the value system that is opposed to God. In that case, the phrase **the one in the world** would refer to the devil by association with the way that he inspires that system. Alternate translation: “the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 4 5 y2z8 figs-metonymy αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν; διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου λαλοῦσιν 1 They are from the world. Because of this, they speak from the world John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here in these first two instances, it figuratively refers to the system of values shared by people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “These false teachers are influenced by the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God. As a result, they express the perspectives of that system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 4 5 j252 writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ 1 They The pronoun **they** refers to the false prophets whom John describes in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -455,14 +455,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 6 arsa writing-pronouns ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν 1 Here, **this** refers back to what John has just written in the previous two sentences. We can know if someone is teaching a true message if it agrees with what John and the other apostles teach, and that it is a false message if it does not. John may have intended for **this** to also include what he said in [4:2–3](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 4 6 j261 figs-exclusive γινώσκομεν 1 we know Since John is once again speaking of himself and the believers to whom he is writing, **we** in this last sentence in the verse would be inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. This inclusive usage continues through [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1JN 4 6 j262 figs-metonymy τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης 1 the spirit of truth and the spirit of error See the discussion of the word **spirit** in the General Notes to this chapter. In these instances, the word may refer to: (1) spirits that inspire messages of a certain kind. In this case, **the spirit of truth** would refer to God's Spirit, and **the spirit of error** would refer to the devil. These would also be what John refers to as “the one in you” and “the one in the world” in [4:4](../04/04.md). See the UST. (2) the character of something. In this case, John would be using **spirit** figuratively to refer to people whose teaching has a certain character. Alternate translation: “whose teaching is true and whose teaching is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 4 6 j263 figs-abstractnouns τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης 1 the spirit of truth and the spirit of error If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **error** with the adjectives “true” and “false.” Alternate translation: “the spirit whose messages are true and the spirit whose messages are false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 4 6 j263 figs-abstractnouns τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης 1 the spirit of truth and the spirit of error If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **truth** and **error**, you could express the idea behind them with the adjectives “true” and “false.” Alternate translation: “the spirit whose messages are true and the spirit whose messages are false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 4 7 bse1 checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 7. Suggested heading: “Love Comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
1JN 4 7 fpl5 figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 4 7 c6w6 figs-idiom ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 love is from God The expression **from God** means something similar to what it does in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “God inspires us to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 4 7 ec73 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God See how you translated this metaphor in [2:29](../02/29.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 7 zvt9 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 4 7 zvt9 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who loves has been begotten from God If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 4 7 j264 καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 and knows God As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “and such a person has a close relationship with God”
1JN 4 8 j265 grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 The one who does not love does not know God, for God is love If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since God is love, the one who does not love does not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 4 8 j265 grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 The one who does not love does not know God, for God is love If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since God is love, the one who does not love does not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 4 8 j266 οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν 1 does not know God As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “does not have a close relationship with God”
1JN 4 8 kti1 figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 God is love This is a metaphor that describes what God is like in his character. Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 8 j267 figs-abstractnouns ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 God is love If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “loving.” Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -477,9 +477,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 9 wxf8 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 so that we might live through him Since people were already literally alive before Jesus came, John means this in a figurative sense. He is likely referring to what he calls “eternal life” in [3:15](../03/15.md). That includes both living forever in the presence of God after death and receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “so that through him we might receive power from God to live as new people in this life and to live forever in God’s presence after we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 9 j273 δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him Alternate translation: “as a result of what he did for us”
1JN 4 10 v1zv figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 In this is love **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we have experienced genuine love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 4 10 bnve figs-abstractnouns ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **love** with a verb. Alternate translation: “This is how we know what it means to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 4 10 bnve figs-abstractnouns ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the meaning behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “This is how we know what it means to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 4 10 j274 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son **His Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 4 10 b39j figs-abstractnouns ἀπέστειλεν τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, ἱλασμὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 sent his Son as the propitiation for our sins If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **propitiation** with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “sent his Son to be the offering that made him no longer angry with us because of our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 4 10 b39j figs-abstractnouns ἀπέστειλεν τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, ἱλασμὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 sent his Son as the propitiation for our sins If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **propitiation**, you could express the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “sent his Son to be the offering that made him no longer angry with us because of our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 4 11 i4tf figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 4 11 g4gu grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 if God thus loved us John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because God loved us in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1JN 4 11 dy86 grammar-connect-condition-fact οὕτως 1 The word **thus** refers to the manner in which God showed his love to us, as described in verses 9 and 10. Alternate translation: “in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@ -514,22 +514,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 17 j285 ὅτι 1 that The word translated **because** here can be understood in different ways, depending on how you translated **In this** at the beginning of the verse. (1) If you translated **In this** as referring back to verse 16, then this word can be translated as “because.” (2) If you translated **In this** as referring to the clause beginning with this word, then translate this word with one that introduces the content of **In this**, such as “that.”
1JN 4 17 l78r writing-pronouns ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν 1 as that one is, we also are The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “since we are becoming more and more like Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 4 17 j286 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 1 in this world John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter, usually in a figurative sense. Here, however, it refers literally to the created world. Alternate translation: “as we live in this world” or “in our lives on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 4 18 j287 grammar-connect-logic-result φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put the third clause before the first clause, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because fear has punishment, fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 4 18 sq7k figs-explicit φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 18 j287 grammar-connect-logic-result φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could put the third clause before the first clause, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because fear has punishment, fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 4 18 sq7k figs-explicit φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 18 j288 figs-metaphor φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 Fear is not in love John speaks figuratively as if **fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 18 j290 ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 perfect love throws fear outside By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected.” See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid”
1JN 4 18 bu17 figs-personification ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 perfect love throws fear outside John speaks figuratively of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1JN 4 18 zsl7 ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 “fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished”
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then he does not yet love God perfectly” It could also mean both things, as in [3:17](../03/17.md). If you must choose, then we recommend option (1). But if your translation can leave both possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then love is not yet fully working in his life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 4 18 j291 figs-explicit ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 19 j292 grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 We love because he first loved us This verse summarizes the idea of verse [10](../04/10.md). See how you translated there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 4 19 j292 grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 We love because he first loved us This verse summarizes the idea of verse [10](../04/10.md). See how you translated there. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1JN 4 19 j293 figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν 1 We love If you need to say who it is that **We love**, there are two possibilities, and John probably intended both here. If you must choose, then we recommend option (1) below, but if your translation can include both possibilities as in the UST, that would be best. Alternate translation: (1) “We love God” or (2) “We love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 19 j294 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 he first loved us The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God first loved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 4 20 j295 figs-hypo ἐάν τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Θεόν, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ, ψεύστης ἐστίν 1 If anyone says, “I love God,” and hates his brother, he is a liar John is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I love God,’ but he hates his brother. Then he is a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1JN 4 20 j296 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what would be expected, that someone who loved God would also love his fellow believers, and what would actually be true of this hypothetical person. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1JN 4 20 tfq3 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ…μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ…τὸν Θεὸν…οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother … is not able to love God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1JN 4 20 xssu figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you cannot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ…μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ…τὸν Θεὸν…οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother … is not able to love God If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1JN 4 20 xssu figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you cannot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 4 21 j297 ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχομεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we have this commandment from him Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded us”
1JN 4 21 j298 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 from him The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 4 21 jrd1 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν Θεὸν 1 Here, **the one** refers to anyone who loves God. Alternate translation: “anyone who loves God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 4 tf9x figs-metaphor ἡ νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον 1 that has overcome the world Once again John is using the word **overcome** figuratively. He is speaking of the **faith** that he and his readers share as if it had defeated the ungodly value system in a struggle. Alternate translation: “that enables us to live differently from the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 4 j310 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 2 the world John is using the term **world** to mean the same thing as in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 5 4 w8ob figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “that we believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 5 5 qm85 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν δέ ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον, εἰ μὴ ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 But who is the one who overcomes the world, if not the one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God? John is using the question form for emphasis, to reaffirm what he said in the first sentence of the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But only someone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God overcomes the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1JN 5 5 qm85 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν δέ ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον, εἰ μὴ ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 But who is the one who overcomes the world, if not the one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God? John is using the question form for emphasis, to reaffirm what he said in the first sentence of the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But only someone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God overcomes the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1JN 5 5 db4f figs-metaphor νικῶν τὸν κόσμον 1 who overcomes the world See how you translated **overcomes the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “who does not live by the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 5 j311 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 5 5 drv2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **The Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 10 j255 figs-explicit ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 has made him a liar As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a liar in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 10 sii2 τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the testimony that God has testified about his Son If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **testimony** and the verb **testified**, you can use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “what God has solemnly said to be true about his Son”
1JN 5 11 bi7k αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 this is the testimony Alternate translation: “this is what God has said about his Son”
1JN 5 11 rhpw figs-quotations ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1JN 5 11 rhpw figs-quotations ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this indirect quotation, you could express this as a direct quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1JN 5 11 u1w5 figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 God gave us eternal life, and this life is in his Son John speaks figuratively of **life** as if it were an object that was inside Jesus. Alternate translation: “God gave us eternal life, which people receive by believing in his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 11 k2qn figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life As in [4:9](../04/09.md), **eternal life** means two things at once. It means receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way, and it also means living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression in [4:9](../04/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 11 sz21 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ 1 his Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@ -631,11 +631,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 18 j351 figs-explicit τηρεῖ ἑαυτὸν 1 keeps him This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “keeps him in a close relationship with God” or (2) “keeps him from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 18 l7h8 figs-nominaladj ὁ πονηρὸς 1 the evil one As in [2:13](../02/13.md), John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1JN 5 18 j352 figs-metonymy ὁ πονηρὸς 1 the evil one John is speaking figuratively of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 5 18 j353 figs-idiom οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ 1 does not touch him This is an idiom. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cannot harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 5 18 j353 figs-idiom οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ 1 does not touch him This is an idiom. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cannot harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 5 19 j354 figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 we are from God See how you translated the similar expression in [4:4](../04/04.md). Alternate translation: “we are sharing life with God” or “we are living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 5 19 eh5z figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ὅλος 1 the whole world John uses the term **world** in various ways in this letter. In this instance, it likely refers figuratively both to the people living in the **world** who do not honor God and to their value system. Alternate translation: “all ungodly people and their value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 5 19 n9ig figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται 1 lies in the evil one The expression **lies in** figuratively represents being controlled by someone or something. Alternate translation: “is controlled by the evil one” or “is controlled by evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 19 j355 figs-abstractnouns τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil one If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **evil** with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 5 19 j355 figs-abstractnouns τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil one If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **evil**, you could express the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 5 20 je13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 5 20 j356 figs-explicit ἥκει 1 has come If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 5 20 n1nh figs-abstractnouns δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **understanding**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -650,4 +650,4 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 5 20 j360 figs-metaphor ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 eternal life As in [4:9](../04/09.md), this means both receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way and living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 21 i3rw figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 little children See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 21 hn4y figs-idiom φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ 1 keep yourselves This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “stay away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1JN 5 21 j361 figs-metaphor τῶν εἰδώλων 1 idols Here, **idols** could mean: (1) figurative idols, that is, anything that might take the place of the real God in a person’s life. Alternate translation: “anything that might take the place of God in your life” (2) literal idols, that is, statues that were worshiped as if they embodied a god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 5 21 j361 figs-metaphor τῶν εἰδώλων 1 idols Here, **idols** could mean: (1) figurative idols, that is, anything that might take the place of the real God in a person’s life. Alternate translation: “anything that might take the place of God in your life” (2) literal idols, that is, statues that were worshiped as if they embodied a god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
6
1JN
1
1
j364
figs-idiom
ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς
1
from the beginning
John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the fact that Jesus has always existed. Alternate translation: “from all eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7
1JN
1
1
jd7p
figs-exclusive
ἀκηκόαμεν…ἑωράκαμεν…ἡμῶν…ἐθεασάμεθα…ἡμῶν
1
we have heard … we have seen … our … we have looked at … our
Here the pronouns **we** and **our** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8
1JN
1
1
ej5x
figs-explicit
ἀκηκόαμεν
1
we have heard
The implication is that what John and the other eyewitnesses **heard** was Jesus speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “we heard speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9
1JN
1
1
rb73
figs-parallelism
ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα
1
which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at
These two phrases mean the same thing. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases and show the emphasis in another way If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “whom we saw clearly ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])These two phrases mean the same thing. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “whom we saw clearly ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched
In your language, it might seem that these phrases express unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate them. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “we saw … and touched” or “we saw with our own eyes … and touched with our own hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched
The false teachers were denying that Jesus was a real human being and saying that he was only a spirit. But the implications of what John is saying here are that Jesus was a real human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12
1JN
1
1
j003
περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς
1
regarding the Word of life
As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, you could put your translation of this phrase, **regarding the Word of life**, at the beginning of this verse and present it as a sentence of its own as a topical introduction to the letter, as UST does. Alternate translation: “We are writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life”
23
1JN
1
2
lyt6
figs-metonymy
τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον
1
the eternal life
As earlier in the verse, John is speaking figuratively of Jesus by referring to the **life** that is associated with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is eternal life” or “Jesus, who has always been alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24
1JN
1
2
itv8
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
τὸν Πατέρα
1
the Father
The title **the Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
25
1JN
1
2
fru2
figs-activepassive
καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν
1
and appeared to us
See how you translated **appeared** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “and came right to us” or “and was made visible to us” or “and whom God made visible to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
what we have seen and heard, we declare also to you, so you also will have fellowship with us
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could rearrange the parts of this section. You could move the clause beginning with **so you also** to the beginning of the verse, since that clause gives the reason for the action that the rest of the verse describes. For clarity, you could also place the direct-object clause **what we have seen and heard** after the subject and verb **we declare … to you**. In that case, you would not need to translate **also** after **declare**. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So that you also may have fellowship with us, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could rearrange the parts of this section. You could move the clause beginning with **so you also** to the beginning of the verse, since that clause gives the reason for the action that the rest of the verse describes. For clarity, you could also place the direct-object clause **what we have seen and heard** after the subject and verb **we declare … to you**. In that case, you would not need to translate **also** after **declare**. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So that you also may have fellowship with us, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
27
1JN
1
3
vw2w
figs-explicit
ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν
1
what we have seen and heard
John is referring implicitly to the way that he and the other eyewitnesses had **seen and heard** Jesus when he was alive on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “what we saw and heard of Jesus when he was alive on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28
1JN
1
3
j010
figs-exclusive
ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῶν
1
we have seen and heard, we declare … us
John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
you also will have fellowship with us … our fellowship is with the Father and with his Son
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **fellowship**, you could express the idea behind it with a concrete noun such as “friends” and an adjective such as “close.” Alternate translation: “so that you can be close friends with us … we are all close friends with God the Father and with his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
34
1JN
1
4
j013
translate-textvariants
ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν
1
so that our joy may be fulfilled
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **our joy** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “your joy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
35
1JN
1
4
j014
figs-you
ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν
1
so that our joy may be fulfilled
If you follow the variant reading “your joy” here instead of **our joy**, the word “your” would be plural, as in the rest of this letter, since it would refer to a group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
36
1JN
1
4
xn9d
figs-abstractnouns
ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη
1
so that our joy may be fulfilled
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
37
1JN
1
4
j015
figs-activepassive
ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη
1
so that our joy may be fulfilled
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38
1JN
1
4
j016
figs-explicit
ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη
1
so that our joy may be fulfilled
The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39
1JN
1
5
hdrv
checking/headings
0
If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 5. Suggested heading: “Sin Prevents Fellowship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
40
1JN
1
5
djn4
figs-exclusive
ἀκηκόαμεν
1
we have heard
The pronoun **we** is exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
41
1JN
1
5
j017
writing-pronouns
ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ
1
from him
The pronoun **him** in this first instance in the verse refers to Jesus, since John is speaking of the message that he and the other eyewitnesses heard from Jesus. Alternate translation: “from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God is entirely light” or, if you represent these metaphors non-figuratively (see next two notes), “God is completely holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God is entirely light” or, if you represent these metaphors non-figuratively (see next two notes), “God is completely holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
43
1JN
1
5
cd6f
figs-metaphor
ὁ Θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν
1
God is light
John often uses **light** figuratively in this letter to mean what is holy, right, and good. Here, in reference to God, it indicates holiness. Alternate translation: “God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
44
1JN
1
5
e9m2
figs-metaphor
σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία
1
darkness is not in him at all
John often uses the word **darkness** figuratively in this letter to mean what is evil. Alternate translation: “God is not evil at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
45
1JN
1
5
j019
figs-doublenegatives
σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία
1
darkness is not in him at all
John is using a double negative in Greek for emphasis. In English it would come out as, “darkness is not in him not at all.” In Greek the second negative does not cancel the first negative to create a positive meaning. In English the meaning would inaccurately be positive, which is why ULT uses only one negative and says “darkness is not in him at all.” But if your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
50
1JN
1
6
j024
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
καὶ
1
and
John is using the word **and** here to introduce a contrast between what would be expected of a person who claims to have fellowship with God and what such a person might do instead. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
51
1JN
1
6
f958
figs-metaphor
ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν
1
walk in darkness
John is using the word **walk** figuratively to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “do what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
52
1JN
1
6
j025
figs-metaphor
ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν
1
walk in darkness
As in [1:5](../01/05.md), John is using the word **darkness** figuratively to mean evil. Alternate translation: “do what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
53
1JN
1
6
j026
figs-parallelism
ψευδόμεθα καὶ οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν
1
we are lying and we are not doing the truth
These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we are really not truthful at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we are really not truthful at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
54
1JN
1
6
j027
figs-abstractnouns
οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν
1
we are not doing the truth
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with the concrete noun “message” from the previous verse, since that seems to be what John means by **the truth** in this case. Alternate translation: “we are not living according to God's true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
But if we walk in the light as he is in the light, we have fellowship with one another
John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the value and benefits of living a life that is holy, as God is holy. Alternate translation: “But suppose we walk in the light as he is in the light. Then we have fellowship with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
56
1JN
1
7
lpr3
figs-metaphor
ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν
1
we walk in the light
John is using the word **walk** figuratively to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “we do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
87
1JN
2
1
j045
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
τὸν Πατέρα
1
the Father
This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
88
1JN
2
1
j046
figs-nominaladj
δίκαιον
1
the righteous
John is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a specific type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
89
1JN
2
2
j047
writing-pronouns
αὐτὸς
1
he
The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus, the antecedent in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
he is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the whole world
The abstract noun **propitiation** refers to something that someone does for someone else or gives to someone else so that he will no longer be angry. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, God is no longer angry about our sins, and not only about ours, but also about those of the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])The abstract noun **propitiation** refers to something that someone does for someone else or gives to someone else so that he will no longer be angry. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, God is no longer angry about our sins, and not only about ours, but also about those of the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
91
1JN
2
2
j048
figs-metonymy
ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου
1
the whole world
John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
John leaves out the word for “sins” in these clauses because it is understood from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can include it. Alternate translation: “and not only for our sins, but also for the sins of the whole world”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])John leaves out the word for “sins” in these clauses because it is understood from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this clause, you can include the missing word. Alternate translation: “and not only for our sins, but also for the sins of the whole world”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
in this we know that we have known him, if we keep his commandments
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded, then we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded, then we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
If your language would not use a conditional statement with **if** for something that is true, you can express the same idea using a word like “by” or another way. Alternate translation: “there is a way to be sure that we truly know God. This is by obeying his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
95
1JN
2
3
j050
figs-idiom
ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι
1
in this we know that
This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “this is how we know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
96
1JN
2
3
el7q
γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν
1
we know that we have known him
John is using the word **know** in two different senses here. See the discussion of the word **know** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him”
102
1JN
2
4
j053
writing-pronouns
αὐτὸν…αὐτοῦ
1
him … his
In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
103
1JN
2
4
j054
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
καὶ
1
and
John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what such a person might say and what his conduct actually indicates to be true. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
104
1JN
2
4
qp1j
figs-idiom
μὴ τηρῶν
1
does not keep
In this instance, the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “does not obey” or “disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
105
1JN
2
4
j055
figs-parallelism
ψεύστης ἐστίν, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν
1
is a liar, and the truth is not in this one
These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “is certainly not speaking the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “is certainly not speaking the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
106
1JN
2
4
cj84
figs-metaphor
καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν
1
and the truth is not in this one
John is speaking figuratively of the **truth** as if it were an object that could be inside someone. See how you translated a similar expression in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “and such a person is not speaking the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
107
1JN
2
4
j056
figs-abstractnouns
καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν
1
and the truth is not in this one
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “and what such a person says is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
108
1JN
2
5
a3x8
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
δ’
1
This sentence makes a contrast by saying in a positive way what the previous sentence said in a negative way. Indicate this contrast in a natural way in your language. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
111
1JN
2
5
aqa4
figs-idiom
τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον
1
keeps his word
In this instance, the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “obeys God's commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
112
1JN
2
5
j059
writing-pronouns
αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ
1
his … him
The pronouns **his** and **him** in this verse refer to God. Alternate translation: “God’s … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
113
1JN
2
5
x88p
figs-possession
ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται
1
in this one truly the love of God has been perfected
The phrase **the love of God** could mean one of two things. (1) It could refer to a person loving God. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” (2) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love has completely achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
114
1JN
2
5
j060
figs-activepassive
ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται
1
in this one truly the love of God has been perfected
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive verbal form **has been perfected**. The person or thing doing the action will depend on how you decide to translate the phrase **the love of God**. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” or “God’s love has completely achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand the passive verbal form **has been perfected**, you could use an active verbal form in its place. The person or thing doing the action will depend on how you decide to translate the phrase **the love of God**. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” or “God’s love has completely achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
115
1JN
2
5
jdzb
figs-metaphor
ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν
1
The word **this** could be referring to (1) what John is about to say in verse 6, or (2) what John has just said in verse 5, or (3) both. If your language allows it, you could choose option (3), since both verses are talking about completely obeying God, but most languages will need to choose one or the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
116
1JN
2
5
b688
figs-metaphor
ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν
1
we are in him
John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God. This expression describes having a close relationship with God. Alternate translation: “we are living in fellowship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
117
1JN
2
6
u6lu
figs-metaphor
ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν
1
he remains in him
See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Here to **remain in** God means very much the same thing as to have “fellowship with God” in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:6](../01/06.md) and to “be in” God in [2:5](../02/05.md). John is repeating the same idea in different ways. Alternate translation: “he has close fellowship with God” or “he shares life with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
126
1JN
2
7
amu6
figs-explicit
ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε
1
the word that you heard
The implication is that the specific **word** or message that John is describing is the commandment Jesus gave to believers that they should love one another. See the Gospel of John [13:34](../jhn/13/34.md) and [15:12](../jhn/15/12.md). John indicates this explicitly in this letter in [3:23](../03/23.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly at this point as well. Alternate translation: “the commandment Jesus gave that we should love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
127
1JN
2
8
j064
figs-idiom
πάλιν
1
Again
John is using the term **Again** idiomatically in the sense of “Looking at this again from another perspective.” Alternate translation: “On the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
128
1JN
2
8
i1up
figs-explicit
ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν
1
I am writing a new commandment to you
John is referring to the same **commandment** as in [2:7](../02/07.md), the commandment that Jesus gave to love one another, which the believers have had all along. So he does not mean that he is now writing a **new** and different commandment, but rather that this same commandment, which he called “old” there, can also be considered **new** in a certain sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **commandment** John is referring to, and you could give the likely reason why it can be considered **new** as well as “old.” Alternate translation: “the commandment that I am writing to you, to love one another, is also, in a sense, a new commandment, because it is characteristic of a new way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
which is true in him and in you, because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining, this commandment is true in Jesus and in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining, this commandment is true in Jesus and in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
130
1JN
2
8
j066
figs-explicit
ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν
1
which is true in him and in you
Since Jesus consistently obeyed the commandment to love, it is likely that John is emphasizing that believers are doing the same thing themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out this implicit emphasis in your translation. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
131
1JN
2
8
c2fa
figs-metaphor
ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν
1
which is true in him and in you
John is speaking figuratively as if this commandment were **true** inside of Jesus and these believers. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
132
1JN
2
8
j067
writing-pronouns
αὐτῷ
1
him
The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. John is using him as the supreme example of loving others. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
141
1JN
2
9
j071
ἕως ἄρτι
1
until now
Alternate translation: “still”
142
1JN
2
10
j072
figs-hypo
ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει
1
The one who loves his brother remains in the light
John is suggesting a further hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone does love his fellow believers. Then he is genuinely doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
143
1JN
2
10
j073
figs-metaphor
τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ
1
his brother
See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “each fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
144
1JN
2
10
j074
figs-genericnoun
τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ
1
his brother
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the plural, since John is speaking of loving all believers. Alternate translation: “each of his brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate this in the plural, since John is speaking of loving all believers. Alternate translation: “each of his brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
145
1JN
2
10
j075
figs-metaphor
ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει
1
remains in the light
John is using the word **light** figuratively to mean what is holy, right, and good. Alternate translation: “is genuinely doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
146
1JN
2
10
j076
figs-metaphor
ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει
1
remains in the light
See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “is genuinely doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147
1JN
2
10
q2x1
figs-metaphor
σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν
1
a stumbling-block is not in him
John is using the term **stumbling-block**, which means something that a person would trip over, figuratively to mean something that would cause a person to sin. Alternate translation: “he has no reason to sin” or “nothing will cause him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148
1JN
2
10
j077
figs-explicit
σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν
1
a stumbling-block is not in him
John speaks of this **stumbling-block** being **in** or inside a person because it represents the hatred for a fellow believer that he describes in [2:9](../02/09.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he has no hatred inside of him that will cause him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
149
1JN
2
11
j078
figs-metaphor
τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ
1
his brother
See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
150
1JN
2
11
j079
figs-parallelism
ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ
1
is in the darkness and walks in the darkness
These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “is living in complete darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “is living in complete darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
151
1JN
2
11
w4r2
figs-metaphor
ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ
1
is in the darkness
As in [1:5](../01/05.md), John is using the word **darkness** figuratively to mean what is wrong or evil. Alternate translation: “is living in a way that is wrong” or “does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
152
1JN
2
11
u44x
figs-metaphor
ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ
1
walks in the darkness
John is using the word **walk** figuratively to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “conducts his life in wrong ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
he does not know where he is going, because the darkness has blinded his eyes
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the darkness has blinded his eyes, he does not know where he is going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])If your readers would misunderstand this part of the sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the darkness has blinded his eyes, he does not know where he is going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
154
1JN
2
11
y5cs
figs-metaphor
οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει
1
he does not know where he is going
This is a continuation of the metaphor of walking as a figurative description of how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “he does not know the right way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155
1JN
2
11
j081
figs-metaphor
ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ
1
because the darkness has blinded his eyes
John is using blindness figuratively to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156
1JN
2
12
in8n
figs-metaphor
τεκνία
1
little children
The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12-14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12-14, and this group would figuratively represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157
1JN
2
12
y00g
ὅτι
1
The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that”
158
1JN
2
12
ed41
figs-activepassive
ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι
1
your sins have been forgiven
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
159
1JN
2
12
j082
writing-pronouns
διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ
1
because of his name
The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
160
1JN
2
12
yjy8
figs-metonymy
διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ
1
because of his name
John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
161
1JN
2
13
kue2
figs-metaphor
πατέρες
1
fathers
The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him
John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to challenge his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone loves the world. Then the love of the Father is not in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
190
1JN
2
15
s48z
figs-possession
οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ
1
the love of the Father is not in him
The phrase **the love of the Father** could mean: (1) the love that a person has for God the Father. Alternate translation: “that person does not really love God the Father” or (2) the love that God has for people. Alternate translation: “God the Father’s love is not genuinely at work in that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
191
1JN
2
15
j102
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
τοῦ Πατρὸς
1
of the Father
**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “of God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
192
1JN
2
16
j103
translate-versebridge
ὅτι
1
For
In this verse, John is giving the reason why the previous sentence is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this reason before that statement of result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. In order to create a verse bridge, you could begin this verse with “since” instead of **for**; you could end it with a comma instead of a period; and you could make it the beginning of the second sentence in the previous verse, putting it before “if anyone loves the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])In this verse, John is giving the reason why the previous sentence is true. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could put this reason before that statement of result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. In order to create a verse bridge, you could begin this verse with “since” instead of **for**; you could end it with a comma instead of a period; and you could make it the beginning of the second sentence in the previous verse, putting it before “if anyone loves the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
193
1JN
2
16
j104
figs-metonymy
πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ
1
everything that is in the world
See how you translated the similar expression in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “everything that characterizes the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
194
1JN
2
16
pz3q
figs-metonymy
ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς
1
the lust of the flesh
John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to mean the physical human body, which is made of **flesh**. Alternate translation: “the strong desire to have sinful physical pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
195
1JN
2
16
x124
figs-metonymy
ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν
1
the lust of the eyes
John is using the term **eyes** figuratively to mean the ability to see. Alternate translation: “the strong desire to have the things that we see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
200
1JN
2
17
ct43
figs-metaphor
ὁ κόσμος παράγεται
1
the world is going away
John speaks figuratively of the **world** as if it were leaving. Alternate translation: “the world will not last very much longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201
1JN
2
17
j108
figs-ellipsis
καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ
1
and its desire
John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and its desire is also going away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
202
1JN
2
17
j109
figs-possession
ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ
1
its desire
John is using the possessive form to show that the **world** is the source of this **desire** and gives it its character. Alternate translation: “the worldly desire” or “people's desire for the world” or “the desire that this system of values creates in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
203
1JN
2
17
j110
figs-genericnoun
ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ
1
its desire
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the plural, since John is referring to all of the different types of **desire** associated with the **world** that he described in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “worldly desires” or “the desires that this system of values creates in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate this in the plural, since John is referring to all of the different types of **desire** associated with the **world** that he described in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “worldly desires” or “the desires that this system of values creates in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
204
1JN
2
17
j111
figs-metaphor
μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα
1
remains to the age
See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word refers to continuing existence. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
205
1JN
2
17
j112
figs-idiom
εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα
1
to the age
This is an idiom. Consider using an idiom in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
206
1JN
2
18
t903
checking/headings
0
If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 18. Suggested heading: “False Teaching and True Teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
214
1JN
2
19
jin1
figs-metaphor
μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν
1
they would have remained with us
See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
215
1JN
2
19
j115
figs-ellipsis
ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν
1
but so that they would be made apparent, that they are all not from us
John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
216
1JN
2
19
j116
figs-activepassive
ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν
1
so that they would be made apparent
See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
217
1JN
2
19
j117
οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν
1
they are all not from us
The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
218
1JN
2
20
j118
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
καὶ
1
And
John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
219
1JN
2
20
i3m1
figs-abstractnouns
ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου
1
you have an anointing from the Holy One
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **anointing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
220
1JN
2
20
j119
translate-unknown
ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου
1
you have an anointing from the Holy One
The word **anointing** refers to the practice, seen often in the Old Testament, of pouring oil on a person to set that person apart to serve God. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it specifically in your translation. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has poured oil on you to set you apart to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
222
1JN
2
20
gy16
figs-nominaladj
τοῦ Ἁγίου
1
the Holy One
John is using the adjective **Holy** as a noun in order to indicate a specific person. ULT adds **One** to show this. John is referring specifically to God, and so ULT capitalizes both of these words to show that they are describing a divine person. Your language may allow you to use this adjective as a noun. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God, the One who is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
223
1JN
2
20
j121
translate-textvariants
οἴδατε πάντες
1
you all know
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **you all know** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “you know all things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
224
1JN
2
20
j122
figs-explicit
οἴδατε πάντες
1
you all know
Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you can make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you can make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
If saying **I have not written to you** seems wrong or confusing in your language, you can move the negative to the next clause. Alternate translation: “I have written to you not because you do not know the truth, but because you do know the truth” or “I have written to you not to inform you of the truth, but I have written to you because you already know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
227
1JN
2
21
r8yr
figs-abstractnouns
τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας
1
the truth … from the truth
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true … from what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
228
1JN
2
21
j124
figs-metonymy
τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας
1
the truth … from the truth
John is likely referring figuratively to the teaching that believers have received from Jesus by association with the way that it is true. Alternate translation: “the true teaching that we received from Jesus … from this true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
229
1JN
2
21
j125
figs-ellipsis
καὶ ὅτι πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν
1
and that every lie is not from the truth
John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and you know that every lie is not from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
230
1JN
2
21
j126
πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν
1
every lie is not from the truth
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this by making the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no lie is from the truth”If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could clarify it by making the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no lie is from the truth”
231
1JN
2
21
nruw
ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας
1
This second occurrence of **the truth** could refer to: (1) The same as the first occurrence. Alternate translation: “part of God's true message” (2) God, who is the source of all truth. Alternate translation: “from God, the One who is true”
Who is the liar, if not the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ?
John is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Messiah is certainly a liar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])John is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Messiah is certainly a liar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
233
1JN
2
22
d4u7
figs-doublenegatives
ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός
1
the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ
For emphasis, John is using a double negative in Greek, specifically, a negative verb (**denies**) with a negative particle, “not.” In English, it would come out as, “the one who denies that Jesus is not the Christ.” In Greek, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. But in English, the meaning would inaccurately be positive, which is why ULT uses only one negative. It leaves out “not” and says **the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ**. However, if your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
234
1JN
2
22
j128
figs-genericnoun
οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχριστος
1
This one is the antichrist
John is not referring here to the ultimate antichrist who will appear at the end of earthly history. John does not have a specific person in view here. Rather, he is speaking generally of all people who oppose Christ. See how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “Such a person is the enemy of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
235
1JN
2
22
z4t1
figs-explicit
ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν
1
the one who denies the Father and the Son
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly why John says this about these people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By denying that Jesus is the Messiah, he is denying both God the Father, who sent Jesus to be the Messiah, and Jesus his Son, whom he sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
266
1JN
2
28
j142
figs-metaphor
μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ
1
remain in him
See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the expression in the same way that he has just used it in [2:27](../02/27.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267
1JN
2
28
j143
writing-pronouns
αὐτῷ…ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ
1
him … when he appears … by him … his
The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of his **coming** or return. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
268
1JN
2
28
zz4x
figs-activepassive
ἐὰν φανερωθῇ
1
when he appears
See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could have either an active or a passive meaning. In either case, John is not saying that Jesus will only appear to return. (1) If the meaning is active, John is speaking of the act of Jesus physically returning to earth. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” (2) If the meaning is passive, John is speaking of God revealing Jesus to the world as its true king. To bring out that meaning, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
269
1JN
2
28
j144
figs-parallelism
σχῶμεν παρρησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ
1
we may have boldness and not be put to shame by him
These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
270
1JN
2
28
lnk2
figs-abstractnouns
σχῶμεν παρρησίαν
1
we may have boldness
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **boldness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
271
1JN
2
28
d4ql
figs-synecdoche
μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ
1
may not be put to shame by him
John is using the word **him**, meaning Jesus, figuratively to mean the presence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
272
1JN
2
28
j145
figs-activepassive
μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ
1
may not be put to shame by him
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
273
1JN
2
28
x7ic
ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ
1
at his coming
Alternate translation: “when he returns to earth”
274
1JN
2
29
j146
grammar-connect-condition-fact
ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν
1
If you know that he is righteous
John is using the form of conditional possibility here, but he is stating something that is actually true. In Greek, this was a way of affirming that the part that follows this statement is also true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
275
1JN
2
29
j147
writing-pronouns
ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ
1
he is … him
The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
276
1JN
2
29
j148
figs-abstractnouns
πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην
1
everyone who does righteousness
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “right.” Alternate translation: “everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
277
1JN
2
29
u6er
figs-activepassive
πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται
1
everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
278
1JN
2
29
j149
figs-metaphor
πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται
1
everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him
Since believers have not literally **been begotten** by God, John means this figuratively. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
279
1JN
3
intro
d8r2
0
# 1 John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine children of God do not sin (3:1–10, continuing from 2:28)<br>2. Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)<br>3. Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him” (3:24)<br><br>This does not mean that keeping our salvation is conditional on doing certain works. Rather, John is describing the results of keeping the commandments that he describes in [3:32](../03/32.md). Those commandments are to believe in Jesus and to love one another. John is saying that the person who believes in Jesus and loves others shows that he has a close relationship with God, and that he will continue to have that close relationship because of this obedience. Christians around the world hold different beliefs about whether people who have been saved can lose their salvation. That is not what John is addressing here, and translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [3:1](../03/01.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts include the words “and we are.” That is the reading that ULT follows. However, some other ancient manuscripts do not include these words, and so some Bibles do not have them. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
280
1JN
3
1
gl8n
figs-metaphor
ἴδετε
1
See
John is using the term **see** figuratively. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
281
1JN
3
1
j150
ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ
1
what kind of love the Father has given to us
Alternate translation: “how greatly the Father has loved us”
282
1JN
3
1
j151
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
ὁ Πατὴρ
1
the Father
**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
283
1JN
3
1
x99a
figs-activepassive
ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν
1
that we should be called children of God
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
284
1JN
3
1
j362
figs-metaphor
τέκνα Θεοῦ
1
children of God
Here John expresses the same metaphor as in [2:29](../02/29.md) in a slightly different way. See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning there. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their father. Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
285
1JN
3
1
j152
translate-textvariants
καὶ ἐσμέν
1
and we are
See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and include these words or to follow the reading of some other versions and not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him.
John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes. Alternate translation: “because ungodly people have not known God, for that reason they do not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
288
1JN
3
1
j155
οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς…οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν
1
does not know us … it did not know him
John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word “know” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “does not recognize who we are … it did not become acquainted with him”
289
1JN
3
1
j156
figs-explicit
οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς
1
does not know us
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
294
1JN
3
2
anq1
figs-activepassive
οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα
1
what we will be has not yet appeared
If your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God has not yet revealed what we will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
295
1JN
3
2
j160
figs-activepassive
ἐὰν φανερωθῇ
1
when he appears
See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. The meaning of the term in this instance seems to be the same as in [2:28](../02/28.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” or “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
296
1JN
3
2
j161
writing-pronouns
ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…ἐστιν
1
when he appears … him … him … he is
The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of **when he appears** or returns. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
297
1JN
3
2
j162
grammar-connect-logic-result
ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν
1
we will be like him because we will see him as he is
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “we will see him just as he is, and so we will be like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “we will see him just as he is, and so we will be like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
298
1JN
3
3
pj6a
writing-pronouns
πᾶς ὁ ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα ταύτην ἐπ’ αὐτῷ
1
everyone who has this hope upon him
The pronoun **him** here does not refer to **everyone**; it refers to Jesus. The expression **this hope** refers to the hope that John describes in the previous verse, of seeing Jesus as he is. Alternate translation: “everyone who hopes to see Jesus as he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
299
1JN
3
3
j163
writing-pronouns
αὐτῷ…ἐκεῖνος
1
him … that one
These pronouns refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
Everyone who commits sin also commits lawlessness. Indeed, sin is lawlessness
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lawlessness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Everyone who commits sin is also breaking God’s law. Indeed, sin is breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
306
1JN
3
6
j168
figs-metaphor
πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων
1
Everyone who remains in him
John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
307
1JN
3
6
j169
writing-pronouns
αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…αὐτόν
1
him … him … him
The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
308
1JN
3
6
j170
figs-explicit
οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει
1
does not sin
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
309
1JN
3
6
eu9c
figs-doublet
οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν, οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν
1
has not seen him and has not known him
The words **seen** and **known** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “certainly does not have a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])The words **seen** and **known** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “certainly does not have a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
310
1JN
3
6
j172
figs-metaphor
οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν
1
has not seen him
John is not referring to people literally seeing Jesus. Rather, he is using sight figuratively to mean perception and recognition. Alternate translation: “has not recognized who Jesus is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
311
1JN
3
7
ia4z
figs-metaphor
τεκνία
1
Little children
See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
312
1JN
3
7
wg85
figs-metaphor
μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς
1
let no one lead you astray
See how you translated the similar expression in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation: “do not be deceived by anyone” or “do not let anyone get you to believe things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
325
1JN
3
9
ps9v
figs-metaphor
σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει
1
his seed remains in him
John is using the word **seed** figuratively here. It could mean: (1) The characteristics of a father that a child inherits from him and displays more and more as he grows. Alternate translation: “the characteristics that show that God is his father become continually more evident” (2) Something that gives life such as the **seed** from which plants grow. Alternate translation: “the new life that God has put in that person continues to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
In this the children of God and the children of the devil are apparent
**In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. The word **this** refers to what John says in the next sentence. Alternate translation: “This is how we can tell the difference between the children of God and the children of the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
327
1JN
3
10
j179
figs-idiom
τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου
1
the children of God and the children of the devil
John is using the word **children** idiomatically in both of these instances. His usage is similar to the Hebrew idiom in which the “child” of something shares its characteristics. Alternate translation: “people who are living a new life in close relationship with God and people who are still in their old way of life influenced by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
328
1JN
3
10
ctk6
figs-doublenegatives
πᾶς ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
Everyone who does not do righteousness is not from God
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone who does wrong is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone who does wrong is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
329
1JN
3
10
j180
figs-abstractnouns
ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην
1
who does not do righteousness
See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
330
1JN
3
10
j181
figs-idiom
οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
is not from God
The expression **from God** is an idiom. John uses it in various ways in this letter. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “is not living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
331
1JN
3
10
j182
figs-ellipsis
καὶ ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ
1
and the one who does not love his brother
John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the one who does not love his brother is not from God” or, if you translated the double negative in the previous clause as a positive statement, “and anyone who hates a fellow believer is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
338
1JN
3
12
j185
ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν
1
who was from the evil one
This is similar to the phrase “from the devil” in [3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated that phrase. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one”
339
1JN
3
12
j186
figs-nominaladj
τοῦ πονηροῦ
1
the evil one
John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
340
1JN
3
12
j187
figs-metonymy
τοῦ πονηροῦ
1
the evil one
John is speaking figuratively of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
341
1JN
3
12
b1xh
figs-rquestion
καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν? ὅτι
1
And on account of what did he kill him? Because
John is using a question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “He killed him because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])John is using a question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “He killed him because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
342
1JN
3
12
mq7x
figs-ellipsis
τὰ δὲ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, δίκαια
1
but those of his brother, righteous
John is leaving out a word, “were,” that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. The word “were” can be supplied for clarity. Alternate translation: “but his brother’s works were righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
343
1JN
3
13
j188
grammar-connect-logic-result
μὴ θαυμάζετε
1
Do not wonder
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show the connection between this sentence and the previous one by using a connecting word like “so” or “therefore.” Using the example of Cain, John shows that evil people naturally hate righteous people. Alternate translation: “So do not be surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could show the connection between this sentence and the previous one by using a connecting word like “so” or “therefore.” Using the example of Cain, John shows that evil people naturally hate righteous people. Alternate translation: “So do not be surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
344
1JN
3
13
wc1m
figs-metaphor
ἀδελφοί
1
brothers
See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “my friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
345
1JN
3
13
lq9f
figs-metonymy
εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος
1
if the world hates you
John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes, as in [3:1](../03/01.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “if ungodly people hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
We know that we have relocated from death into life, because we love the brothers
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because we love the brothers, we know that we have relocated from death into life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because we love the brothers, we know that we have relocated from death into life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
Be sure that your translation does not communicate that loving the brothers is what causes people to pass from death to life. Alternate translation: “The way that we know that we have relocated from death into life is because we love the brothers”
348
1JN
3
14
fs1x
figs-metaphor
μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν
1
we have relocated from death into life
John is speaking figuratively of the conditions of being dead and alive as if they were physical locations between which a person could move. Alternate translation: “we are no longer dead but have become alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
349
1JN
3
14
ybc4
figs-metaphor
μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν
1
we have relocated from death into life
Since John and his readers were not literally dead, he is referring to spiritual **death** and to spiritual **life**. Alternate translation: “we are no longer dead spiritually but have become alive spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
352
1JN
3
14
qa7l
figs-metaphor
μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ
1
remains in death
See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it means staying in the same place. John is once again speaking figuratively of the state of **death** as if it were a location. Alternate translation: “remains dead spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
John is using the term **murderer** figuratively, and he is echoing the teaching of Jesus that is recorded in Matthew [5:21–22](../05/21.md). John means that since people commit murder because they hate other people, anyone who hates is the same on the inside as someone who actually kills another person. It may be helpful to translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Whoever hates another believer is just like someone who kills a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
354
1JN
3
15
j192
figs-metaphor
τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ
1
his brother
See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
355
1JN
3
15
j193
πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον
1
every murderer does not have eternal life
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no murderer has eternal life”If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no murderer has eternal life”
356
1JN
3
15
j194
figs-metaphor
ζωὴν αἰώνιον
1
eternal life
Since John is speaking of a present reality, by **eternal life** he does not mean living forever in the presence of God after death, which is one thing that this expression can describe. Rather, he means the regenerating power that God gives to believers in this life that helps them to stop sinning and to do what pleases him. Clearly, anyone who is a **murderer** does not have this power at work in him. Alternate translation: “the power that God gives to help us become new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
357
1JN
3
15
s3aw
figs-personification
οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν αὐτῷ μένουσαν
1
does not have eternal life remaining in him
See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the term literally, in the sense of “residing,” to depict **eternal life** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could actively reside within a person. Alternate translation: “has not received eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
358
1JN
3
16
j195
figs-idiom
ἐν τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην
1
In this we have known love
**In this we have known** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we have come to understand what love is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
365
1JN
3
17
j200
figs-metaphor
τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ
1
his brother
See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
366
1JN
3
17
b6lh
χρείαν ἔχοντα
1
having need
Alternate translation: “who needs help”
367
1JN
3
17
zql1
figs-idiom
κλείσῃ τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ
1
closes his entrails from him
This is an idiom in which the **entrails** or internal organs figuratively represent the emotions that would lead a person to act generously. Your language may have an equivalent figurative expression that you could use. You could also express the plain meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “closes his heart to him” or “refuses to have compassion on him” or “declines to help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
368
1JN
3
17
l8u4
figs-rquestion
πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ?
1
how does the love of God remain in him?
John is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “the love of God does not remain in such a person!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])John is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “the love of God does not remain in such a person!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
369
1JN
3
17
j201
figs-metaphor
πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ
1
how does the love of God remain in him?
See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:14](../02/14.md), here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “such a person does not genuinely love others with love that is from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
370
1JN
3
17
j202
figs-possession
πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ
1
the love of God
As in [2:5](../02/05.md), the phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) God loving people. Alternate translation: “Is it possible that he has truly received God's love” (2) a person loving God. Alternate translation: “is it really possible that he truly loves God” We recommend option (1) if you must choose. But it is probable that John intends both meanings here, so if your translation can leave the possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “is he really loving others the way that God loves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
371
1JN
3
18
g6uh
figs-metaphor
τεκνία
1
Little children
See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
372
1JN
3
18
p91w
figs-doublet
μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ
1
let us not love in word, nor in tongue
The phrases **in word** and **in tongue** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])The phrases **in word** and **in tongue** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
373
1JN
3
18
j203
figs-metonymy
μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ
1
let us not love in word, nor in tongue
John is using the phrases **in word** and **in tongue** figuratively to refer to what a person says. Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
374
1JN
3
18
b4mm
figs-hyperbole
μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ
1
John is not saying that we should never express love through words. He is using hyperbole to make a contrast between words and actions. If your readers would misunderstand this you can include a word such as “only” or “merely.” Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
375
1JN
3
18
j204
figs-ellipsis
ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ
1
but in deed and truth
John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but let us love in deed and in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
378
1JN
3
19
j206
translate-versebridge
ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα…καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν
1
In this we will know … and we will persuade our hearts
John describes a result in this verse. He gives the reason for that result in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put the reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could put [3:20](../03/20.md) first in your translation, making it a separate sentence and leaving out both instances of the word “that.” You could put this verse next, translating it as in the following suggestions. Alternate translation: “That is how we can know … and how we can persuade our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
379
1JN
3
19
k2rv
ἐν τούτῳ
1
**In this** could refer either to: (1) What John has just said in verse 18. Alternate translation: “If we do that” (2) What John is about to say in verse 20. Alternate translation: “I will tell you how”
380
1JN
3
19
j207
figs-idiom
ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα
1
In this we will know
This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
we will know that we are from the truth and we will persuade our hearts
The phrases **we will know** and **we will persuade our hearts** mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “we will be completely convinced that we are from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])The phrases **we will know** and **we will persuade our hearts** mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we will be completely convinced that we are from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
382
1JN
3
19
qx9c
figs-metonymy
ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν
1
we are from the truth
This could mean one of two things. (1) John could be referring figuratively to God by association with the way that God is true. In other words, God always tells **the truth** and does what he says. Alternate translation: “we are from God, who is true” (2) As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the word **truth** could refer to the true teaching that believers have received from Jesus. Alternate translation: “we are conducting our lives according to the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
383
1JN
3
19
j209
figs-abstractnouns
ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν
1
we are from the truth
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “we are from the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
384
1JN
3
19
j210
figs-idiom
ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν
1
we are from the truth
See how you translated the expression in [3:10](../03/10.md) that has a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “we belong to God” or “we are living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
389
1JN
3
20
f594
figs-metaphor
ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία
1
if our heart condemns us
John continues speaking figuratively of the **heart** to mean the thoughts and feelings. There may be a similar expression in your language. Alternate translation: “if our feelings condemn us” or “if our thoughts accuse us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
390
1JN
3
20
j214
figs-explicit
ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία
1
if our heart condemns us
The topic here, continuing from [3:19](../03/19.md), is how we can know that “we are from the truth,” so this is likely a reference to needing reassurance about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if we ever feel that we do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
391
1JN
3
20
j215
figs-possession
ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία…τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν
1
our heart … our heart
If it would be unusual in your language to speak of one **heart** in reference to many people, and if you decide to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural. Alternate translation: “our hearts … our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
392
1JN
3
20
j216
figs-parallelism
μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα
1
God is greater than our heart and knows everything
Since John is using the **heart** figuratively to mean the thoughts and feelings, the statement that **God is greater than our heart** likely means that God knows and understands more than we do and that God has greater compassion for us than we have for ourselves. In that case, the phrases **is greater than our heart** and **knows everything** would mean similar things. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])Since John is using the **heart** figuratively to mean the thoughts and feelings, the statement that **God is greater than our heart** likely means that God knows and understands more than we do and that God has greater compassion for us than we have for ourselves. In that case, the phrases **is greater than our heart** and **knows everything** would mean similar things. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
393
1JN
3
20
lv7z
figs-explicit
μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα
1
God is greater than our heart and knows everything
The implications are that, given God’s greater knowledge, we should believe what he has said rather than what our thoughts and feelings are saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him, and so we should believe that because he has said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
394
1JN
3
21
rf96
figs-nominaladj
ἀγαπητοί
1
Beloved
See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
if the heart does not condemn, we have confidence toward God
John discusses another hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose our hearts do not condemn us. Then we have confidence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
419
1JN
4
1
h1lv
figs-nominaladj
ἀγαπητοί
1
Beloved
See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
John is speaking figuratively of a prophet by association with the **spirit** that would inspire a prophet to speak. Alternate translation: “do not believe every prophet; instead, consider carefully what prophets say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
421
1JN
4
1
j234
εἰ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν
1
whether they are from God
John uses the expression **from God** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to origin. Alternate translation: “in order to determine whether God has sent them” or “in order to determine whether God is inspiring them”
422
1JN
4
1
x71q
figs-ellipsis
εἰ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν
1
This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “to see whether they are from God, or whether they are not from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “to see whether they are from God, or whether they are not from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
423
1JN
4
1
j235
figs-metonymy
ἐξεληλύθασιν εἰς τὸν κόσμον
1
have gone out into the world
John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “are out there speaking to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
424
1JN
4
2
j236
figs-idiom
ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκετε
1
In this you know
This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how you can recognize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
425
1JN
4
2
j237
figs-metonymy
πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ
1
Every spirit that confesses
John is speaking figuratively of a prophet by association with the **spirit** that would inspire a prophet to speak. Alternate translation: “Every prophet who teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
439
1JN
4
4
avj3
figs-metaphor
νενικήκατε αὐτούς
1
you have overcome them
As in [2:13](../02/13.md) and [2:14](../02/14.md), John is using the word **overcome** figuratively. He is speaking of the believers’ refusal to believe the false prophets as if the believers had defeated these prophets in a struggle. Alternate translation: “you have refused to believe these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
440
1JN
4
4
j248
writing-pronouns
αὐτούς
1
them
The pronoun **them** refers to the false prophets whom John describes in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
441
1JN
4
4
j5ve
figs-metaphor
ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν
1
the one who is in you
As in [3:24](../03/24.md), John is speaking figuratively as if God could be inside of believers. Alternate translation: “God, with whom you have a close relationship,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
442
1JN
4
4
j249
μείζων…ἢ
1
greater than
If your readers would misunderstand this, for this context you can use a more specific word than **greater**. Alternate translation: “stronger than”If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, for this context you can use a more specific word than **greater**. Alternate translation: “stronger than”
443
1JN
4
4
tp4q
figs-metonymy
ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ
1
the one in the world
The phrase **in the world** here and in [verse 5](../04/05.md) seems to have a different meaning than in [verse 1](../04/01.md) and [verse 3](../04/03.md). There, it refers to location, so when John says in [verse 3](../04/03.md) that the spirit of the antichrist is “in the world,” it means “on this earth” or “circulating among people.” But here, John seems to be using the term **world** to mean the value system that is opposed to God. In that case, the phrase **the one in the world** would refer to the devil by association with the way that he inspires that system. Alternate translation: “the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
They are from the world. Because of this, they speak from the world
John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here in these first two instances, it figuratively refers to the system of values shared by people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “These false teachers are influenced by the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God. As a result, they express the perspectives of that system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
445
1JN
4
5
j252
writing-pronouns
αὐτοὶ
1
They
The pronoun **they** refers to the false prophets whom John describes in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
455
1JN
4
6
arsa
writing-pronouns
ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν
1
Here, **this** refers back to what John has just written in the previous two sentences. We can know if someone is teaching a true message if it agrees with what John and the other apostles teach, and that it is a false message if it does not. John may have intended for **this** to also include what he said in [4:2–3](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
456
1JN
4
6
j261
figs-exclusive
γινώσκομεν
1
we know
Since John is once again speaking of himself and the believers to whom he is writing, **we** in this last sentence in the verse would be inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. This inclusive usage continues through [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
457
1JN
4
6
j262
figs-metonymy
τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης
1
the spirit of truth and the spirit of error
See the discussion of the word **spirit** in the General Notes to this chapter. In these instances, the word may refer to: (1) spirits that inspire messages of a certain kind. In this case, **the spirit of truth** would refer to God's Spirit, and **the spirit of error** would refer to the devil. These would also be what John refers to as “the one in you” and “the one in the world” in [4:4](../04/04.md). See the UST. (2) the character of something. In this case, John would be using **spirit** figuratively to refer to people whose teaching has a certain character. Alternate translation: “whose teaching is true and whose teaching is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
458
1JN
4
6
j263
figs-abstractnouns
τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης
1
the spirit of truth and the spirit of error
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **error** with the adjectives “true” and “false.” Alternate translation: “the spirit whose messages are true and the spirit whose messages are false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **truth** and **error**, you could express the idea behind them with the adjectives “true” and “false.” Alternate translation: “the spirit whose messages are true and the spirit whose messages are false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
459
1JN
4
7
bse1
checking/headings
0
If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 7. Suggested heading: “Love Comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
460
1JN
4
7
fpl5
figs-nominaladj
ἀγαπητοί
1
Beloved
See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
461
1JN
4
7
c6w6
figs-idiom
ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν
1
love is from God
The expression **from God** means something similar to what it does in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “God inspires us to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
462
1JN
4
7
ec73
figs-metaphor
πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται
1
everyone who loves has been begotten from God
See how you translated this metaphor in [2:29](../02/29.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
463
1JN
4
7
zvt9
figs-activepassive
πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται
1
everyone who loves has been begotten from God
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
464
1JN
4
7
j264
καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν
1
and knows God
As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “and such a person has a close relationship with God”
The one who does not love does not know God, for God is love
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since God is love, the one who does not love does not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since God is love, the one who does not love does not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
466
1JN
4
8
j266
οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν
1
does not know God
As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “does not have a close relationship with God”
467
1JN
4
8
kti1
figs-metaphor
ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν
1
God is love
This is a metaphor that describes what God is like in his character. Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
468
1JN
4
8
j267
figs-abstractnouns
ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν
1
God is love
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “loving.” Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
477
1JN
4
9
wxf8
figs-metaphor
ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι’ αὐτοῦ
1
so that we might live through him
Since people were already literally alive before Jesus came, John means this in a figurative sense. He is likely referring to what he calls “eternal life” in [3:15](../03/15.md). That includes both living forever in the presence of God after death and receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “so that through him we might receive power from God to live as new people in this life and to live forever in God’s presence after we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
478
1JN
4
9
j273
δι’ αὐτοῦ
1
through him
Alternate translation: “as a result of what he did for us”
479
1JN
4
10
v1zv
figs-idiom
ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη
1
In this is love
**In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we have experienced genuine love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
480
1JN
4
10
bnve
figs-abstractnouns
ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη
1
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **love** with a verb. Alternate translation: “This is how we know what it means to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the meaning behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “This is how we know what it means to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
481
1JN
4
10
j274
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ
1
his Son
**His Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **propitiation** with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “sent his Son to be the offering that made him no longer angry with us because of our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **propitiation**, you could express the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “sent his Son to be the offering that made him no longer angry with us because of our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
483
1JN
4
11
i4tf
figs-nominaladj
ἀγαπητοί
1
Beloved
See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
484
1JN
4
11
g4gu
grammar-connect-condition-fact
εἰ οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς
1
if God thus loved us
John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because God loved us in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
485
1JN
4
11
dy86
grammar-connect-condition-fact
οὕτως
1
The word **thus** refers to the manner in which God showed his love to us, as described in verses 9 and 10. Alternate translation: “in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
514
1JN
4
17
j285
ὅτι
1
that
The word translated **because** here can be understood in different ways, depending on how you translated **In this** at the beginning of the verse. (1) If you translated **In this** as referring back to verse 16, then this word can be translated as “because.” (2) If you translated **In this** as referring to the clause beginning with this word, then translate this word with one that introduces the content of **In this**, such as “that.”
515
1JN
4
17
l78r
writing-pronouns
ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν
1
as that one is, we also are
The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “since we are becoming more and more like Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
516
1JN
4
17
j286
figs-metonymy
ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ
1
in this world
John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter, usually in a figurative sense. Here, however, it refers literally to the created world. Alternate translation: “as we live in this world” or “in our lives on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put the third clause before the first clause, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because fear has punishment, fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could put the third clause before the first clause, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because fear has punishment, fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
519
1JN
4
18
j288
figs-metaphor
φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ
1
Fear is not in love
John speaks figuratively as if **fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
520
1JN
4
18
j290
ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον
1
perfect love throws fear outside
By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected.” See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid”
521
1JN
4
18
bu17
figs-personification
ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον
1
perfect love throws fear outside
John speaks figuratively of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
522
1JN
4
18
zsl7
ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει
1
“fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished”
523
1JN
4
18
yg1r
figs-activepassive
ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ
1
So the one who fears has not been perfected in love
See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then he does not yet love God perfectly” It could also mean both things, as in [3:17](../03/17.md). If you must choose, then we recommend option (1). But if your translation can leave both possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then love is not yet fully working in his life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
524
1JN
4
18
j291
figs-explicit
ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ
1
So the one who fears has not been perfected in love
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
525
1JN
4
19
j292
grammar-connect-logic-result
ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς
1
We love because he first loved us
This verse summarizes the idea of verse [10](../04/10.md). See how you translated there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])This verse summarizes the idea of verse [10](../04/10.md). See how you translated there. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
526
1JN
4
19
j293
figs-explicit
ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν
1
We love
If you need to say who it is that **We love**, there are two possibilities, and John probably intended both here. If you must choose, then we recommend option (1) below, but if your translation can include both possibilities as in the UST, that would be best. Alternate translation: (1) “We love God” or (2) “We love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
527
1JN
4
19
j294
writing-pronouns
αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς
1
he first loved us
The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God first loved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
If anyone says, “I love God,” and hates his brother, he is a liar
John is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I love God,’ but he hates his brother. Then he is a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
529
1JN
4
20
j296
grammar-connect-logic-contrast
καὶ
1
and
John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what would be expected, that someone who loved God would also love his fellow believers, and what would actually be true of this hypothetical person. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
530
1JN
4
20
tfq3
figs-metaphor
τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ
1
his brother
See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
the one who does not love his brother … is not able to love God
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you cannot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you cannot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
533
1JN
4
21
j297
ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχομεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ
1
we have this commandment from him
Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded us”
534
1JN
4
21
j298
writing-pronouns
ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ
1
from him
The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
535
1JN
4
21
jrd1
figs-genericnoun
ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν Θεὸν
1
Here, **the one** refers to anyone who loves God. Alternate translation: “anyone who loves God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
559
1JN
5
4
tf9x
figs-metaphor
ἡ νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον
1
that has overcome the world
Once again John is using the word **overcome** figuratively. He is speaking of the **faith** that he and his readers share as if it had defeated the ungodly value system in a struggle. Alternate translation: “that enables us to live differently from the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
560
1JN
5
4
j310
figs-metonymy
τὸν κόσμον
2
the world
John is using the term **world** to mean the same thing as in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
561
1JN
5
4
w8ob
figs-abstractnouns
ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “that we believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
But who is the one who overcomes the world, if not the one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God?
John is using the question form for emphasis, to reaffirm what he said in the first sentence of the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But only someone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God overcomes the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])John is using the question form for emphasis, to reaffirm what he said in the first sentence of the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But only someone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God overcomes the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
563
1JN
5
5
db4f
figs-metaphor
νικῶν τὸν κόσμον
1
who overcomes the world
See how you translated **overcomes the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “who does not live by the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
564
1JN
5
5
j311
figs-metonymy
τὸν κόσμον
1
the world
See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
565
1JN
5
5
drv2
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
the Son of God
**The Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
591
1JN
5
10
j255
figs-explicit
ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν
1
has made him a liar
As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a liar in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
the testimony that God has testified about his Son
If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **testimony** and the verb **testified**, you can use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “what God has solemnly said to be true about his Son”
593
1JN
5
11
bi7k
αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία
1
this is the testimony
Alternate translation: “this is what God has said about his Son”
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])If your readers would misunderstand this indirect quotation, you could express this as a direct quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
God gave us eternal life, and this life is in his Son
John speaks figuratively of **life** as if it were an object that was inside Jesus. Alternate translation: “God gave us eternal life, which people receive by believing in his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
596
1JN
5
11
k2qn
figs-metaphor
ζωὴν αἰώνιον
1
eternal life
As in [4:9](../04/09.md), **eternal life** means two things at once. It means receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way, and it also means living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression in [4:9](../04/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
597
1JN
5
11
sz21
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
τῷ Υἱῷ
1
his Son
**Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
631
1JN
5
18
j351
figs-explicit
τηρεῖ ἑαυτὸν
1
keeps him
This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “keeps him in a close relationship with God” or (2) “keeps him from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
632
1JN
5
18
l7h8
figs-nominaladj
ὁ πονηρὸς
1
the evil one
As in [2:13](../02/13.md), John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
633
1JN
5
18
j352
figs-metonymy
ὁ πονηρὸς
1
the evil one
John is speaking figuratively of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
634
1JN
5
18
j353
figs-idiom
οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ
1
does not touch him
This is an idiom. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cannot harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])This is an idiom. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cannot harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
635
1JN
5
19
j354
figs-idiom
ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν
1
we are from God
See how you translated the similar expression in [4:4](../04/04.md). Alternate translation: “we are sharing life with God” or “we are living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
636
1JN
5
19
eh5z
figs-metonymy
ὁ κόσμος ὅλος
1
the whole world
John uses the term **world** in various ways in this letter. In this instance, it likely refers figuratively both to the people living in the **world** who do not honor God and to their value system. Alternate translation: “all ungodly people and their value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
637
1JN
5
19
n9ig
figs-metaphor
ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται
1
lies in the evil one
The expression **lies in** figuratively represents being controlled by someone or something. Alternate translation: “is controlled by the evil one” or “is controlled by evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
638
1JN
5
19
j355
figs-abstractnouns
τῷ πονηρῷ
1
the evil one
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **evil** with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **evil**, you could express the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
639
1JN
5
20
je13
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
the Son of God
**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
640
1JN
5
20
j356
figs-explicit
ἥκει
1
has come
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
641
1JN
5
20
n1nh
figs-abstractnouns
δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν
1
has given us understanding
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **understanding**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
650
1JN
5
20
j360
figs-metaphor
ζωὴ αἰώνιος
1
eternal life
As in [4:9](../04/09.md), this means both receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way and living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
651
1JN
5
21
i3rw
figs-metaphor
τεκνία
1
little children
See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
652
1JN
5
21
hn4y
figs-idiom
φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ
1
keep yourselves
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “stay away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
653
1JN
5
21
j361
figs-metaphor
τῶν εἰδώλων
1
idols
Here, **idols** could mean: (1) figurative idols, that is, anything that might take the place of the real God in a person’s life. Alternate translation: “anything that might take the place of God in your life” (2) literal idols, that is, statues that were worshiped as if they embodied a god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -8,26 +8,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 1 axty figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 and her children Here, **her children** could mean: (1) just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children. (3) it refers figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 1 src4 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 love in the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. The phrase **the truth** could: (1) refer to how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) provide the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 1 a50f figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 all who have known the truth John uses the phrase **all who have known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2JN 1 2 spdg figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 2 spdg figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 2 et6b figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν 1 us … us If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2JN 1 2 a7rm figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2JN 1 3 gad9 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 3 gad9 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace**, you could express the idea behind them with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 3 zfgr ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
2JN 1 3 vpl9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός…Υἱοῦ 1 the Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **truth** and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 4 ir6v figs-you σου 1 your The word **your** is singular here, since John is addressing the church figuratively as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2JN 1 4 ajlf grammar-connect-logic-result ἐχάρην λείαν 1 If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2JN 1 4 a3vs figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 your children See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/01.md). This could refer to: (1) the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 4 w2b6 figs-metaphor περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 walking in the truth John refers figuratively to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 4 ddnx figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 4 s7hr καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός 1 just as we have received a commandment from the Father The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
2JN 1 4 s7hr καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός 1 just as we have received a commandment from the Father The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If your readers would misunderstand this expression, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
2JN 1 4 w7f1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Be careful to translate it accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2JN 1 5 r4hx καὶ νῦν 1 These words signal that what follows is the main point of the letter, or at least the first main point. Use a natural way for introducing the main point in your language.
2JN 1 5 c9xi figs-you σε,…σοι 1 you … to you These instances of **you** are singular since John is once again addressing the church in a figurative way as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2JN 1 5 xjsu figs-metaphor κυρία 1 lady See how you translated this in [verse 1](../01/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 5 u38f figs-explicit οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 not as writing a new commandment to you John does not refer to himself explicitly as the person writing. If your language requires you to state the subject of a verb, you could add a pronoun here. Alternate translation: “not as though I were writing you a new commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 5 uhs8 figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 the beginning—that we should love one another If your readers would misunderstand this, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another”
2JN 1 5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 the beginning—that we should love one another If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another”
2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν…περιπατῆτε 1 we should walk according to … you should walk in In these instances the expression **walk** figuratively means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 6 cl95 figs-you ἠκούσατε…περιπατῆτε 1 you heard … you should walk The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2JN 1 7 u749 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 12 gq26 figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 I did not want with paper and ink Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2JN 1 12 nx77 figs-metonymy διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 with paper and ink John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking figuratively of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2JN 1 12 v4v2 figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι 1 to speak mouth to mouth The expression **mouth to mouth** is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Use an idiom in your language with this same meaning, or simply express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2JN 1 12 auwq figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2JN 1 12 auwq figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2JN 1 12 hwtk figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 12 lt77 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 your joy might be made complete See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2JN 1 12 k9yt figs-exclusive ὑμῶν 1 your If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
8
2JN
1
1
axty
figs-metaphor
καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς
1
and her children
Here, **her children** could mean: (1) just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children. (3) it refers figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9
2JN
1
1
src4
figs-abstractnouns
ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ
1
love in the truth
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. The phrase **the truth** could: (1) refer to how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) provide the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10
2JN
1
1
a50f
figs-hyperbole
πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν
1
all who have known the truth
John uses the phrase **all who have known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
11
2JN
1
2
spdg
figs-abstractnouns
τὴν ἀλήθειαν
1
the truth
John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12
2JN
1
2
et6b
figs-exclusive
ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν
1
us … us
If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
13
2JN
1
2
a7rm
figs-idiom
εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα
1
to the age
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace**, you could express the idea behind them with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
15
2JN
1
3
zfgr
ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη
1
Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us
In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
16
2JN
1
3
vpl9
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Πατρός…Υἱοῦ
1
the Father … Son
**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
17
2JN
1
3
w6tr
figs-abstractnouns
ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ
1
in truth and love
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **truth** and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18
2JN
1
4
ir6v
figs-you
σου
1
your
The word **your** is singular here, since John is addressing the church figuratively as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19
2JN
1
4
ajlf
grammar-connect-logic-result
ἐχάρην λείαν
1
If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
20
2JN
1
4
a3vs
figs-metaphor
τῶν τέκνων σου
1
your children
See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/01.md). This could refer to: (1) the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21
2JN
1
4
w2b6
figs-metaphor
περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ
1
walking in the truth
John refers figuratively to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22
2JN
1
4
ddnx
figs-abstractnouns
ἐν ἀληθείᾳ
1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for this, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
23
2JN
1
4
s7hr
καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός
1
just as we have received a commandment from the Father
The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If your readers would misunderstand this expression, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
24
2JN
1
4
w7f1
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
τοῦ Πατρός
1
the Father
**Father** is an important title for God. Be careful to translate it accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
25
2JN
1
5
r4hx
καὶ νῦν
1
These words signal that what follows is the main point of the letter, or at least the first main point. Use a natural way for introducing the main point in your language.
26
2JN
1
5
c9xi
figs-you
σε,…σοι
1
you … to you
These instances of **you** are singular since John is once again addressing the church in a figurative way as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
27
2JN
1
5
xjsu
figs-metaphor
κυρία
1
lady
See how you translated this in [verse 1](../01/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
28
2JN
1
5
u38f
figs-explicit
οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι
1
not as writing a new commandment to you
John does not refer to himself explicitly as the person writing. If your language requires you to state the subject of a verb, you could add a pronoun here. Alternate translation: “not as though I were writing you a new commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29
2JN
1
5
uhs8
figs-explicit
ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς
1
from the beginning
The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30
2JN
1
5
vmm8
ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους
1
the beginning—that we should love one another
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another”If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another”
31
2JN
1
6
nw4g
figs-metaphor
περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν…περιπατῆτε
1
we should walk according to … you should walk in
In these instances the expression **walk** figuratively means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32
2JN
1
6
cl95
figs-you
ἠκούσατε…περιπατῆτε
1
you heard … you should walk
The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
33
2JN
1
7
u749
grammar-connect-logic-result
ὅτι
1
For
Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
54
2JN
1
12
gq26
figs-ellipsis
οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος
1
I did not want with paper and ink
Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
55
2JN
1
12
nx77
figs-metonymy
διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος
1
with paper and ink
John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking figuratively of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
56
2JN
1
12
v4v2
figs-idiom
στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι
1
to speak mouth to mouth
The expression **mouth to mouth** is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Use an idiom in your language with this same meaning, or simply express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
57
2JN
1
12
auwq
figs-activepassive
ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ
1
so that your joy might be made complete
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
58
2JN
1
12
hwtk
figs-abstractnouns
ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ
1
so that your joy might be made complete
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
59
2JN
1
12
lt77
translate-textvariants
ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ
1
your joy might be made complete
See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
60
2JN
1
12
k9yt
figs-exclusive
ὑμῶν
1
your
If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -3,17 +3,17 @@ JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General intro
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
JUD 1 1 m3v1 figs-explicit ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James **James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 1 m3v1 figs-explicit ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James **James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 1 p5yl figs-123person τοῖς…κλητοῖς 1 In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JUD 1 1 din3 figs-explicit τοῖς…κλητοῖς 1 That these people have been **called** implies that God has called and saved them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has called and saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 1 gorg figs-activepassive ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 1 gorg figs-activepassive ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 1 rih9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JUD 1 1 s3oh figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 1 s3oh figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 2 wjsn translate-blessing ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 2 q2qo figs-metaphor ἔλεος…καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 Jude speaks of **mercy and peace and love** as if they were objects that could increase in size or numbers. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 2 etoo figs-you ὑμῖν 1 The word **you** in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JUD 1 3 htjd figs-exclusive ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 3 htjd figs-exclusive ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 3 yfa8 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος γράφειν ὑμῖν 1 This clause could refer to: (1) that fact that Jude had intended to write about something different than this letter is about. Alternate translation: “although making every effort to write to you” (2) the time when Jude was writing. Alternate translation: “when making every effort to write to you”
JUD 1 3 mi3w περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation Alternate translation: “concerning the salvation we share”
JUD 1 3 kvkg figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “about how God saved us all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 3 si1u figs-abstractnouns ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **necessity**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I needed to write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 3 yyf4 grammar-connect-logic-goal παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JUD 1 3 ls3z figs-ellipsis παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 Jude is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.”
JUD 1 4 he1b grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
JUD 1 4 qevn figs-ellipsis παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Jude is leaving out words from this sentence that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 4 c7a6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **condemnation**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1-2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 4 g35s figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 Both occurrences of **our** in this verse refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 4 esef figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -36,64 +36,64 @@ JUD 1 4 tmju figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 If your readers w
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “teaching that Jesus Christ is not our Master and Lord”
JUD 1 4 p7g6 figs-possession τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies back to **only Master**, meaning “the person who owns us.” Alternate translation: “the only person who owns us and rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 5 pg0e figs-infostructure ὑπομνῆσαι…ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς ἅπαξ πάντα 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the first two clauses. Alternate translation: “you knowing all things once for all, I want to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 5 xiss translate-textvariants ὅτι Ἰησοῦς 1 Here, some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the Introduction to Jude to decide which phrase to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JUD 1 5 z1h9 λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt”
JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly who the people were that he **saved**. Alternate translation: “having saved the people of Israel out of the land of Egypt” or “having saved the Israelites out of the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 6 g5ld figs-distinguish τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to one’s sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority”
JUD 1 6 s3cn writing-pronouns δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 6 c8gf δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity, under darkness”
JUD 1 6 c8gf δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity, under darkness”
JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 Here, **darkness** is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “in the utter darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 6 jzdj grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the angels have been imprisoned. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the judgment of the great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JUD 1 6 k1c6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for the great day when God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 6 ccz6 figs-explicit μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 of the great day Here, **the great day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, and Jesus returns to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 7 r3e9 writing-pronouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 7 r3e9 writing-pronouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 7 tr3y figs-abstractnouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι, 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **sexual immortality**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having committed sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 7 q9jk figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 7 q9jk figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 7 wp6v σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
JUD 1 7 pi4t figs-explicit πρόκεινται δεῖγμα 1 The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 7 pi4t figs-explicit πρόκεινται δεῖγμα 1 The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 7 jhdl figs-abstractnouns πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **punishment**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως μέντοι 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως μέντοι 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
JUD 1 8 qvhs figs-abstractnouns κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lordship**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 the glorious ones Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him slanderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could refer to: (1) the false teachers’ ignorance of the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the false teachers’ ignorance of the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 11 b33e figs-idiom οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς 1 The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 11 yg9b figs-explicit τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abel’s offering. Cain’s anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the way of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 tmf2 figs-explicit τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “to the error of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 qlof figs-explicit τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κόρε 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the rebellion of Korah, who rebelled against God’s appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 tspu figs-pastforfuture ἀπώλοντο 1 Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JUD 1 12 r875 writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 r875 writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 aq79 translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγάπαις 1 Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JUD 1 12 emua figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 emua figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 doxh figs-pastforfuture δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JUD 1 12 zk57 δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figurately to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figuratively to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 13 n4oc writing-pronouns οἷς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 13 iast ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
JUD 1 13 oey6 figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 oey6 figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 14 crwg translate-names Ἑνὼχ 1 **Enoch** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 14 e5wv ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ 1 Since **Adam** is considered to be the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh generation.
JUD 1 14 br8e translate-names Ἀδὰμ 1 **Adam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 15 d6hy writing-pronouns κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “against Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “against God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 16 a4le writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers that Jude first introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md) and has discussed throughout the letter. Since Jude shifted in the previous verse to describing the judgment of everyone who does wicked deeds, it may be helpful for you to inform your readers that this verse returns to specifically focusing on the false teachers. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 16 zs28 οὗτοί εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 Here the terms **grumblers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “These ones grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
JUD 1 16 z5bn figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 16 z5bn figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 16 jhrq κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their sinful desires”
JUD 1 16 xum2 τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could say this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
JUD 1 16 xuf0 figs-metonymy τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 their mouth speaks Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 speaks boastful things Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 17 eqko figs-metonymy τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 17 nyja figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 17 qjsf figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 18 toms ὅτι ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 This phrase indicates that this verse contains the content of the “words” spoken by the apostles, which Jude referred to in the previous verse.
JUD 1 18 nlh9 figs-idiom ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου χρόνου 1 Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “In the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own ungodly lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own ungodly lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 18 j5m4 κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their own sinful and ungodly desires”
JUD 1 19 r28j writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 19 l568 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **divisions**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones dividing others against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 19 jwyt figs-explicit Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metonymy ψυχικοί 1 Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 19 qn4p figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 19 qn4p figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 20 xm93 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 building yourselves up Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 building yourselves up Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 20 c2o9 ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 building yourselves up This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
JUD 1 20 uyfx figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 20 m3rg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
JUD 1 20 wiyg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
JUD 1 21 j9su translate-versebridge ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 waiting for This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 waiting for This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 21 mzqu figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 21 okfy figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 21 qb29 grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JUD 1 22 ynz1 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς…διακρινομένους 1 The phrase **some who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe”
JUD 1 23 gx9t ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 23 gx9t ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 23 ign7 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 23 uavk ἐν φόβῳ 1 This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude wanted his readers to have mercy on a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “by being cautious”
JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JUD 1 23 sexc figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 23 sexc figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 r3jx figs-explicit τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep you from stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this abstract noun with an adjective. Alternate translation: “to cause you to stand before his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “to cause you to stand before his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 24 gq9e ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
JUD 1 25 m1g8 figs-abstractnouns Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Savior**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 25 db0v figs-abstractnouns τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Lord**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 25 kql5 figs-abstractnouns μόνῳ Θεῷ…δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **glory, majesty, power** and **authority** with adjective phrases. Alternate translation: “may the only God … be recognized as glorious, majestic, powerful, and authoritative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 25 dya1 figs-idiom πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 This is an idiom that refers to eternity past. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in eternity past” or “before everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 25 kof4 figs-idiom εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 This is an idiom that means “forever.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 25 kql5 figs-abstractnouns μόνῳ Θεῷ…δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **glory, majesty, power** and **authority**, you could translate them with adjective phrases. Alternate translation: “may the only God … be recognized as glorious, majestic, powerful, and authoritative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 25 dya1 figs-idiom πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 This is an idiom that refers to eternity past. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in eternity past” or “before everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 25 kof4 figs-idiom εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 This is an idiom that means “forever.” If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
3
JUD
1
1
ek3q
figs-123person
Ἰούδας
1
General Information:
In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4
JUD
1
1
npc3
translate-names
Ἰούδας
1
Jude
**Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5
JUD
1
1
zov5
figs-distinguish
Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου
1
These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
6
JUD
1
1
m3v1
figs-explicit
ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου
1
brother of James
**James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])**James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7
JUD
1
1
p5yl
figs-123person
τοῖς…κλητοῖς
1
In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
8
JUD
1
1
din3
figs-explicit
τοῖς…κλητοῖς
1
That these people have been **called** implies that God has called and saved them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has called and saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9
JUD
1
1
gorg
figs-activepassive
ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις
1
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10
JUD
1
1
rih9
guidelines-sonofgodprinciples
Θεῷ Πατρὶ
1
**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11
JUD
1
1
s3oh
figs-activepassive
Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις
1
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12
JUD
1
2
wjsn
translate-blessing
ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη.
1
In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
13
JUD
1
2
r5ae
figs-abstractnouns
ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη
1
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
14
JUD
1
2
q2qo
figs-metaphor
ἔλεος…καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη.
1
Jude speaks of **mercy and peace and love** as if they were objects that could increase in size or numbers. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15
JUD
1
2
etoo
figs-you
ὑμῖν
1
The word **you** in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
16
JUD
1
3
htjd
figs-exclusive
ἀγαπητοί
1
**Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])**Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
17
JUD
1
3
yfa8
πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος γράφειν ὑμῖν
1
This clause could refer to: (1) that fact that Jude had intended to write about something different than this letter is about. Alternate translation: “although making every effort to write to you” (2) the time when Jude was writing. Alternate translation: “when making every effort to write to you”
18
JUD
1
3
mi3w
περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας
1
our common salvation
Alternate translation: “concerning the salvation we share”
19
JUD
1
3
kvkg
figs-abstractnouns
περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “about how God saved us all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21
JUD
1
3
si1u
figs-abstractnouns
ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **necessity**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I needed to write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22
JUD
1
3
yyf4
grammar-connect-logic-goal
παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει
1
exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith
This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
23
JUD
1
3
ls3z
figs-ellipsis
παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει
1
Jude is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
24
JUD
1
3
pvyp
figs-activepassive
τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει
1
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25
JUD
1
3
j67u
ἅπαξ
1
once for all
Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.”
26
JUD
1
4
he1b
grammar-connect-logic-result
γάρ
1
Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
27
JUD
1
4
v94i
παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι
1
Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
28
JUD
1
4
qevn
figs-ellipsis
παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι
1
In this phrase, Jude is leaving out words from this sentence that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
29
JUD
1
4
wwz3
figs-activepassive
οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα
1
who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30
JUD
1
4
c7a6
figs-abstractnouns
εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **condemnation**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
31
JUD
1
4
u2oj
figs-explicit
ἀσεβεῖς
1
Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1-2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33
JUD
1
4
g35s
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν
1
Both occurrences of **our** in this verse refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
34
JUD
1
4
esef
figs-abstractnouns
τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
Alternate translation: “teaching that Jesus Christ is not our Master and Lord”
37
JUD
1
4
p7g6
figs-possession
τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν
1
Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies back to **only Master**, meaning “the person who owns us.” Alternate translation: “the only person who owns us and rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
38
JUD
1
5
pg0e
figs-infostructure
ὑπομνῆσαι…ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς ἅπαξ πάντα
1
If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the first two clauses. Alternate translation: “you knowing all things once for all, I want to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
39
JUD
1
5
fa5e
figs-explicit
πάντα
1
Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40
JUD
1
5
xiss
translate-textvariants
ὅτι Ἰησοῦς
1
Here, some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the Introduction to Jude to decide which phrase to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
41
JUD
1
5
z1h9
λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας
1
This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt”
42
JUD
1
5
f4mm
figs-explicit
λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας
1
If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly who the people were that he **saved**. Alternate translation: “having saved the people of Israel out of the land of Egypt” or “having saved the Israelites out of the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43
JUD
1
6
g5ld
figs-distinguish
τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν
1
Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
44
JUD
1
6
pt1k
τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν
1
their own domain
Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to one’s sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority”
45
JUD
1
6
s3cn
writing-pronouns
δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν
1
he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness
Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
46
JUD
1
6
c8gf
δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν
1
Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity, under darkness”Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity, under darkness”
47
JUD
1
6
s1j9
figs-metonymy
ὑπὸ ζόφον
1
Here, **darkness** is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “in the utter darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
48
JUD
1
6
jzdj
grammar-connect-logic-goal
εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας
1
This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the angels have been imprisoned. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the judgment of the great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
49
JUD
1
6
k1c6
figs-abstractnouns
εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for the great day when God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
50
JUD
1
6
ccz6
figs-explicit
μεγάλης ἡμέρας
1
of the great day
Here, **the great day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, and Jesus returns to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
51
JUD
1
7
yn36
figs-metonymy
Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις
1
Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
52
JUD
1
7
r3e9
writing-pronouns
τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι
1
having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these
Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
53
JUD
1
7
tr3y
figs-abstractnouns
τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι,
1
having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **sexual immortality**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having committed sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
54
JUD
1
7
q9jk
figs-metaphor
καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας
1
Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
55
JUD
1
7
wp6v
σαρκὸς ἑτέρας
1
Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
56
JUD
1
7
pi4t
figs-explicit
πρόκεινται δεῖγμα
1
The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
57
JUD
1
7
jhdl
figs-abstractnouns
πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **punishment**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
58
JUD
1
8
p12m
figs-explicit
ὁμοίως μέντοι
1
Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
59
JUD
1
8
ujs2
writing-pronouns
οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι
1
Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
60
JUD
1
8
ez4l
figs-metonymy
σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν
1
Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
61
JUD
1
8
q9ct
κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν
1
Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
62
JUD
1
8
qvhs
figs-abstractnouns
κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lordship**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
63
JUD
1
8
pn3j
δόξας
1
the glorious ones
Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
64
JUD
1
9
uzj1
figs-metaphor
κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας
1
Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65
JUD
1
9
v9fh
figs-abstractnouns
κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him slanderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
66
JUD
1
9
lxf3
figs-possession
κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας
1
Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
67
JUD
1
10
h6sq
writing-pronouns
οὗτοι
1
Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
68
JUD
1
10
fjm5
ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν
1
what they do not understand
This could refer to: (1) the false teachers’ ignorance of the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the false teachers’ ignorance of the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
69
JUD
1
10
q640
figs-simile
ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται
2
This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
70
JUD
1
10
x35l
writing-pronouns
ἐν τούτοις
1
Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
71
JUD
1
10
z0n7
figs-activepassive
ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται
1
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72
JUD
1
11
b33e
figs-idiom
οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς
1
The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
73
JUD
1
11
j3g9
figs-metaphor
τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν
1
Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74
JUD
1
11
yg9b
figs-explicit
τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν
1
Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abel’s offering. Cain’s anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the way of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75
JUD
1
11
zsdw
ἐξεχύθησαν
1
Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
76
JUD
1
11
tmf2
figs-explicit
τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ
1
Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “to the error of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
77
JUD
1
11
qlof
figs-explicit
τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κόρε
1
Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the rebellion of Korah, who rebelled against God’s appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
78
JUD
1
11
tspu
figs-pastforfuture
ἀπώλοντο
1
Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
79
JUD
1
12
r875
writing-pronouns
οὗτοί
1
Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
80
JUD
1
12
e25d
figs-metaphor
σπιλάδες
1
hidden reefs
Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81
JUD
1
12
aq79
translate-unknown
ταῖς ἀγάπαις
1
Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
82
JUD
1
12
emua
figs-metaphor
ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες
1
Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83
JUD
1
12
s2st
figs-metaphor
νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι
1
Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
84
JUD
1
12
diqd
figs-activepassive
νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι
1
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
85
JUD
1
12
gs99
figs-metaphor
δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα
1
Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86
JUD
1
12
doxh
figs-pastforfuture
δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα
1
Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
87
JUD
1
12
zk57
δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα
1
Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
88
JUD
1
12
g76g
figs-activepassive
ἐκριζωθέντα
1
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
89
JUD
1
12
t28p
figs-metaphor
ἐκριζωθέντα
1
Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
90
JUD
1
13
e4rm
figs-metaphor
κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης
1
Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
91
JUD
1
13
fgr9
figs-metaphor
ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας
1
Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
92
JUD
1
13
r6rj
figs-metaphor
ἀστέρες πλανῆται
1
wandering stars
Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figurately to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figuratively to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
93
JUD
1
13
djm4
figs-activepassive
οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται
1
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
94
JUD
1
13
n4oc
writing-pronouns
οἷς
1
Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
95
JUD
1
13
iast
ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους
1
Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
96
JUD
1
13
oey6
figs-metaphor
ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους
1
Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97
JUD
1
14
crwg
translate-names
Ἑνὼχ
1
**Enoch** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
98
JUD
1
14
e5wv
ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ
1
Since **Adam** is considered to be the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh generation.
99
JUD
1
14
br8e
translate-names
Ἀδὰμ
1
**Adam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
112
JUD
1
15
d6hy
writing-pronouns
κατ’ αὐτοῦ
1
Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “against Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “against God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
113
JUD
1
16
a4le
writing-pronouns
οὗτοί
1
Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers that Jude first introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md) and has discussed throughout the letter. Since Jude shifted in the previous verse to describing the judgment of everyone who does wicked deeds, it may be helpful for you to inform your readers that this verse returns to specifically focusing on the false teachers. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
114
JUD
1
16
zs28
οὗτοί εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι
1
Here the terms **grumblers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “These ones grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
115
JUD
1
16
z5bn
figs-metaphor
κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι
1
Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
116
JUD
1
16
jhrq
κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι
1
Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their sinful desires”
117
JUD
1
16
xum2
τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ
1
Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could say this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
118
JUD
1
16
xuf0
figs-metonymy
τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ
1
their mouth speaks
Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
119
JUD
1
16
eaf2
λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα
1
speaks boastful things
Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
120
JUD
1
16
w3ma
figs-idiom
θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα
1
This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
121
JUD
1
16
j8rh
figs-metonymy
θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα
1
Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
122
JUD
1
17
vpgz
figs-explicit
ἀγαπητοί
1
Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
123
JUD
1
17
eqko
figs-metonymy
τῶν ῥημάτων
1
Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
124
JUD
1
17
nyja
figs-possession
τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν
1
Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
125
JUD
1
17
qjsf
figs-exclusive
τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν
1
Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
126
JUD
1
18
toms
ὅτι ἔλεγον ὑμῖν
1
This phrase indicates that this verse contains the content of the “words” spoken by the apostles, which Jude referred to in the previous verse.
127
JUD
1
18
nlh9
figs-idiom
ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου χρόνου
1
Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “In the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own ungodly lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own ungodly lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their own sinful and ungodly desires”
130
JUD
1
19
r28j
writing-pronouns
οὗτοί
1
Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
131
JUD
1
19
l568
figs-abstractnouns
οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **divisions**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones dividing others against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
132
JUD
1
19
jwyt
figs-explicit
Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες
1
Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
133
JUD
1
19
ba6u
figs-metonymy
ψυχικοί
1
Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
134
JUD
1
19
qn4p
figs-metaphor
Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες
1
The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
135
JUD
1
20
xm93
figs-explicit
ἀγαπητοί
1
Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
136
JUD
1
20
cc68
figs-metaphor
ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει
1
building yourselves up
Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
137
JUD
1
20
c2o9
ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς
1
building yourselves up
This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
138
JUD
1
20
uyfx
figs-abstractnouns
τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
139
JUD
1
20
m3rg
ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι
1
This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
140
JUD
1
20
wiyg
ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι
1
Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
141
JUD
1
21
j9su
translate-versebridge
ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε
1
keep yourselves in the love of God
If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
142
JUD
1
21
zd2c
figs-metaphor
ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε
1
keep yourselves in the love of God
Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
143
JUD
1
21
s6w6
προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν
1
waiting for
This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
144
JUD
1
21
p3bw
figs-abstractnouns
τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ
1
Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
145
JUD
1
21
mzqu
figs-possession
τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν
1
Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
146
JUD
1
21
okfy
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν
1
Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
148
JUD
1
22
ynz1
figs-abstractnouns
ἐλεᾶτε
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
149
JUD
1
22
wbr5
οὓς…διακρινομένους
1
The phrase **some who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe”
150
JUD
1
23
gx9t
ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες
1
This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
151
JUD
1
23
wkj9
figs-metaphor
ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες
1
Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
152
JUD
1
23
ign7
figs-abstractnouns
ἐλεᾶτε
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
153
JUD
1
23
uavk
ἐν φόβῳ
1
This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude wanted his readers to have mercy on a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “by being cautious”
Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
155
JUD
1
23
sexc
figs-metaphor
τῆς σαρκὸς
1
Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156
JUD
1
24
r3jx
figs-explicit
τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους
1
Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep you from stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
157
JUD
1
24
jvpm
figs-metaphor
φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους
1
Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
158
JUD
1
24
w1dc
figs-abstractnouns
στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ
1
Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this abstract noun with an adjective. Alternate translation: “to cause you to stand before his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “to cause you to stand before his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
159
JUD
1
24
gq9e
ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει
1
This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
160
JUD
1
25
a3ua
μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν
1
to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord
Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
161
JUD
1
25
m1g8
figs-abstractnouns
Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Savior**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
162
JUD
1
25
db0v
figs-abstractnouns
τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν,
1
If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Lord**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
163
JUD
1
25
kql5
figs-abstractnouns
μόνῳ Θεῷ…δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία
1
If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **glory, majesty, power** and **authority** with adjective phrases. Alternate translation: “may the only God … be recognized as glorious, majestic, powerful, and authoritative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **glory, majesty, power** and **authority**, you could translate them with adjective phrases. Alternate translation: “may the only God … be recognized as glorious, majestic, powerful, and authoritative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
164
JUD
1
25
dya1
figs-idiom
πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος
1
This is an idiom that refers to eternity past. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in eternity past” or “before everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])This is an idiom that refers to eternity past. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in eternity past” or “before everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
165
JUD
1
25
kof4
figs-idiom
εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας
1
This is an idiom that means “forever.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])This is an idiom that means “forever.” If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
See in Reader
Larry Sallee